Part I. is divided into four Branches, viz.:--

Produced by Marius Masi, Don Kretz and the Online

Distributed Proofreading Team at https://www.pgdp.net

Transcriber's notes:

(1) Numbers following letters (without space) like C2 were originally

printed in subscript. Letter subscripts are preceded by an

underscore, like C_n.

(2) Characters following a carat (^) were printed in superscript.

(3) Side-notes were relocated to function as titles of their respective

paragraphs.

(4) Macrons and breves above letters and dots below letters were not

inserted.

(5) [root] stands for the root symbol; [alpha], [beta], etc. for greek

letters.

(6) The following typographical errors have been corrected:

ARTICLE EVELYN, JOHN: "He was admitted to the Middle Temple in

February 1637, and in May he became a fellow commoner of Balliol

College, Oxford." 'he' amended from 'be'.

ARTICLE EVOLUTION: "The supposition that sensation thus rests on a

material process of absorption from external bodies naturally led

up to the idea that plants and even inorganic substances are

precipient, and so to an indistinct recognition of organic life as

a scale of intelligence." 'substances' amended from 'subtances'.

ARTICLE EVOLUTION: "The conception of evolution was henceforward

irrepressible, and it incessantly reappears, in one shape or

another, up to the year 1858, when Charles Darwin and A.R. Wallace

published their Theory of Natural Selection." 'irrepressible'

amended from 'irrespressible'.

ARTICLE EVOLUTION: "And those of the eighth group are not only

unintelligible without the assumption of evolution, but can be

proved never to be discordant with that hypothesis, while, in some

cases, they are exactly such as the hypothesis requires."

'unintelligible' amended from 'unin-intelligible'.

ARTICLE EVORA: "From 1663 to 1665 it was held by the Spaniards. In

1832 Dom Miguel, retreating before Dom Pedro, took refuge in Evora;

and here was signed the convention of Evora, by which he was

banished." 'From' amended from 'Fom'.

ARTICLE EWING, JULIANA HORATIA ORR: "From this time until her death

(13th May 1885), previously to which she had been a constant

invalid, Mrs Ewing produced a number of charming children's

stories." 'May' amended from 'may'.

ARTICLE EXAMINATIONS: "In many universities of the United States

there is a definite understanding that emoluments shall only be

accepted by those needing them." 'In' amended from 'It'.

ARTICLE EXECUTION: "There may still be imprisonment in England,

under the writ--rarely used in practice--ne exeat regno, which

issues to prevent a debtor from leaving the kingdom." 'kingdom'

amended from 'kindgom'.

ARTICLE EXECUTION: "Under the German Code of Civil Procedure (Arts.

796 et seq.), both the goods and (if the goods do not offer

adequate security) the person of the debtor may be seized (the

process is called arrest) as a guarantee of payment." 'Procedure'

amended from 'Prodecure'.

ARTICLE EZRA, THIRD BOOK OF: "The Apocalypse is called 1 Esdras,

our author 2 Esdras, and Ezra and Nehemiah 3 Esdras, or 3 and 4

Esdras." 'Apocalypse' amended from 'Apocalyspe'.

ARTICLE EZRA AND NEHEMIAH, BOOKS OF: "It is difficult to follow its

progress clearly, and the account ceases abruptly in. vi. 17-19

with the notice of the conspiracy of Tobiah and the nobles of

Judah." 'progress' amended from 'progrees'.

THE

ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA

ELEVENTH EDITION

FIRST edition, published in three volumes, 1768-1771.

SECOND " " ten " 1777-1784.

THIRD " " eighteen " 1788-1797.

FOURTH " " twenty " 1801-1810.

FIFTH " " twenty " 1815-1817.

SIXTH " " twenty " 1823-1824.

SEVENTH " " twenty-one " 1830-1842.

EIGHTH " " twenty-two " 1853-1860.

NINTH " " twenty-five " 1875-1889.

TENTH " ninth edition and eleven

supplementary volumes, 1902-1903.

ELEVENTH " published in twenty-nine volumes, 1910-1911.

COPYRIGHT

in all countries subscribing to the Bern Convention

by

THE CHANCELLOR, MASTERS AND SCHOLARS

of the

UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE

_All rights reserved_

THE

ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA

A DICTIONARY OF

ARTS, SCIENCES, LITERATURE AND GENERAL INFORMATION

ELEVENTH EDITION

VOLUME X

EVANGELICAL CHURCH to FRANCIS JOSEPH

New York

Encyclopaedia Britannica, Inc.

342 Madison Avenue

Copyright, in the United States of America, 1910,

by

The Encyclopaedia Britannica Company.

VOLUME X, SLICE I

Evangelical Church Conference to Fairbairn, Sir William

ARTICLES IN THIS SLICE:

EVANGELICAL CHURCH CONFERENCE EXPULSION

EVANGELICAL UNION EXTENSION

EVANS, CHRISTMAS EXTENUATING CIRCUMSTANCES

EVANS, EVAN HERBER EXTERRITORIALITY

EVANS, SIR GEORGE DE LACY EXTORTION

EVANS, SIR JOHN EXTRACT

EVANS, OLIVER EXTRADITION

EVANSON, EDWARD EXTRADOS

EVANSTON EXTREME UNCTION

EVANSVILLE EYBESCHUTZ, JONATHAN

EVARISTUS EYCK, VAN

EVARTS, WILLIAM MAXWELL EYE (English town)

EVE EYE (organ)

EVECTION EYEMOUTH

EVELETH EYLAU

EVELYN, JOHN EYRA

EVERDINGEN, ALLART VAN EYRE, EDWARD JOHN

EVEREST, SIR GEORGE EYRE, SIR JAMES

EVEREST, MOUNT EYRIE

EVERETT, ALEXANDER HILL EZEKIEL

EVERETT, CHARLES CARROLL EZRA

EVERETT, EDWARD EZRA, THIRD BOOK OF

EVERETT (Massachusetts, U.S.A.) EZRA, FOURTH BOOK OF

EVERETT (Washington, U.S.A.) EZRA AND NEHEMIAH, BOOKS OF

EVERGLADES EZZO

EVERGREEN EZZOLIED

EVERLASTING F

EVERSLEY, CHARLES SHAW LEFEVRE FABBRONI, ANGELO

EVESHAM FABER

EVIDENCE FABER, BASIL

EVIL EYE FABER, FREDERICK WILLIAM

EVOLUTION FABER, JACOBUS

EVORA FABER, JOHANN

EVREUX FABERT, ABRAHAM DE

EWALD, GEORG HEINRICH AUGUST VON FABIAN, SAINT

EWALD, JOHANNES FABIUS

EWART, WILLIAM FABIUS PICTOR, QUINTUS

EWE FABLE

EWELL, RICHARD STODDERT FABLIAU

EWING, ALEXANDER FABRE, FERDINAND

EWING, JULIANA HORATIA ORR FABRE D'EGLANTINE, FRANCOIS NAZAIRE

EWING, THOMAS FABRETTI, RAPHAEL

EXAMINATIONS FABRIANI, SEVERINO

EXARCH FABRIANO

EXCAMBION FABRICIUS, GAIUS LUSCINUS

EXCELLENCY FABRICIUS, GEORG

EXCHANGE FABRICIUS, HIERONYMUS

EXCHEQUER FABRICIUS, JOHANN ALBERT

EXCISE FABRICIUS, JOHANN CHRISTIAN

EXCOMMUNICATION FABRIZI, NICOLA

EXCRETION FABROT, CHARLES ANNIBAL

EXECUTION FABYAN, ROBERT

EXECUTORS AND ADMINISTRATORS FACADE

EXEDRA FACCIOLATI, JACOPO

EXELMANS, RENE JOSEPH ISIDORE FACE

EXEQUATUR FACTION

EXETER, EARL, MARQUESS & DUKE OF FACTOR

EXETER (England) FACTORY ACTS

EXETER (New Hampshire, U.S.A.) FACULA

EXETER BOOK FACULTY

EXHIBITION FAED, THOMAS

EXHUMATION FAENZA

EXILARCH FAEROE

EXILE FAESULAE

EXILI FAFNIR

EXMOOR FOREST FAGGING

EXMOUTH, EDWARD PELLEW FAGGOT

EXMOUTH FAGNIEZ, GUSTAVE CHARLES

EXODUS, BOOK OF FAGUET, EMILE

EXODUS, THE FA-HIEN

EXOGAMY FAHLCRANTZ, CHRISTIAN ERIK

EXORCISM FAHRENHEIT, GABRIEL DANIEL

EXORCIST FAIDHERBE, LOUIS LEON CESAR

EXOTIC FAIENCE

EXPATRIATION FAILLY, PIERRE LOUIS CHARLES DE

EXPERT FAIN, AGATHON JEAN FRANCOIS

EXPLOSIVES FAIR

EXPRESS FAIRBAIRN, ANDREW MARTIN

EXPROPRIATION FAIRBAIRN, SIR WILLIAM

INITIALS USED IN VOLUME X. TO IDENTIFY INDIVIDUAL CONTRIBUTORS,[1] WITH

THE HEADINGS OF THE ARTICLES IN THIS VOLUME SO SIGNED.

A. B. R.

ALFRED BARTON RENDLE, M.A., D.SC, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Keeper, Department of Botany, British Museum. Author of _Text Book

on Classification of Flowering Plants_; &c.

Flower.

A. D.

AUSTIN DOBSON, LL.D.

See the biographical article: DOBSON, H. AUSTIN.

Fielding, Henry.

A. F. B.

ALDRED FARRER BARKER, M.SC.

Professor of Textile Industries at Bradford Technical College.

Felt.

A. F. P.

ALBERT FREDERICK POLLARD, M.A., F.R.HIST.SOC.

Professor of English History in the University of London. Fellow

of All Souls' College, Oxford. Assistant Editor of the _Dictionary

of National Biography_, 1893-1901. Lothian Prizeman, Oxford, 1892;

Arnold Prizeman, 1898. Author of _England under Protector

Somerset_; _Henry VIII._; _Life of Thomas Cranmer_; &c.

Ferrar, Bishop;

Fox, Edward;

Fox, Richard.

A. G.

MAJOR ARTHUR GEORGE FREDERICK GRIFFITHS (d. 1908).

H.M. Inspector of Prisons, 1878-1896. Author of _The Chronicles of

Newgate_; _Secrets of the Prison House_; &c.

Finger Prints.

A. Go.*

REV. ALEXANDER GORDON, M.A.

Lecturer on Church History in the University of Manchester.

Faber, Basil, Jacobus and Johann;

Familists;

Farel, G.;

Flacius.

A. H.-S.

SIR A. HOUTUM-SCHINDLER, C.I.E.

General in the Persian Army. Author of _Eastern Persian Irak_.

Fars;

Firuzabad.

A. L.

ANDREW LANG.

See the biographical article: LANG, ANDREW.

Fairy;

Family.

A. L. B.

ALFRED LYS BALDRY.

Art Critic of the _Globe_, 1893-1908. Author of _Modern Mural

Decoration_ and biographies of Albert Moore, Sir H. von Herkomer,

R.A., Sir J. E. Millais, P.R.A., Marcus Stone, R.A., and G. H.

Boughton, R.A.

Fortuny.

A. N.

ALFRED NEWTON, F.R.S.

See the biographical article: NEWTON, ALFRED.

Falcon;

Fieldfare;

Finch;

Flycatcher;

Fowl.

A. S.

ARTHUR SMITHELLS, F.R.S.

Professor of Chemistry in the University of Leeds. Author of

Scientific Papers on Flame and Spectrum Analysis.

Flame.

A. M. C.

AGNES MARY CLERKE.

See the biographical article: CLERKE, A. M.

Flamsteed.

A. W.

ARTHUR WATSON.

Secretary in the Academic Department, University of London.

Examinations (_in part_).

A. W. R.

ALEXANDER WOOD RENTON, M.A., LL.B.

Puisne Judge of the Supreme Court of Ceylon. Editor of

_Encyclopaedia of the Laws of England_.

Fixtures;

Flat.

A. W. W.

ADOLPHUS WILLIAM WARD, D.LITT., LL.D.

See the biographical article: WARD, A. W.

Foote, Samuel;

Ford, John.

C. El.

SIR CHARLES NORTON EDGCUMBE ELIOT, K.C.M.G., C.B., M.A., LL.D., D.C.L.

Vice-Chancellor of Sheffield University. Formerly Fellow of

Trinity College, Oxford. H.M.'s Commissioner and

Commander-in-Chief for the British East Africa Protectorate; Agent

and Consul-General at Zanzibar; Consul-General for German East

Africa, 1900-1904.

Finno-Ugrian.

C. F. B.

CHARLES FRANCIS BASTABLE, M.A., LL.D.

Regius Professor of Laws and Professor of Political Economy in the

University of Dublin. Author of _Public Finance_; _Commerce of

Nations_; _Theory of International Trade_; &c.

Finance.

C. F. C.

C. F. CROSS, B.SC. (Lond.), F.C.S. F.I.C.

Analytical and Consulting Chemist.

Fibres.

C. F. R.

CHARLES FRANCIS RICHARDSON, A.M., PH.D.

Professor of English at Dartmouth College, Hanover, New Hampshire,

U.S.A. Author of _A Story of English Rhyme_; _A History of

American Literature_; &c.

Fiske, John.

C. H. T.*

CRAWFORD HOWELL TOY, A.M.

See the biographical article: TOY, CRAWFORD HOWELL.

Ezekiel.

C. J.

CHARLES JOHNSON, M.A.

Clerk in H.M. Public Record Office. Joint Editor of the _Domesday

Survey_ for the _Victoria County History: Norfolk_.

Exchequer (_in part_).

C. J. B. M.

CHARLES JOHN BRUCE MARRIOTT, M.A.

Clare College, Cambridge. Secretary of the Rugby Football Union.

Football: _Rugby_ (_in part_).

C. J. N. F.

CHARLES JAMES NICOL FLEMING.

H.M. Inspector of Schools, Scotch Education Department.

Football: _Rugby_ (_in part_).

C. L. K.

CHARLES LETHBRIDGE KINGSFORD, M.A., F.R.HIST.SOC., F.S.A.

Assistant Secretary to the Board of Education. Author of _Life of

Henry V._ Editor of _Chronicles of London_ and Stow's _Survey of

London_.

Fabyan;

Fastolf.

C. P. I.

SIR COURTENAY PEREGRINE ILBERT, K.C.B., K.C.S.I., C.I.E.

Clerk of the House of Commons. Chairman of Statute Law Committee.

Parliamentary Counsel to the Treasury, 1899-1901. Legal Member of

Council of Governor-General of India, 1882-1886; President, 1886.

Fellow of the British Academy. Formerly Fellow and Tutor of

Balliol College, Oxford. Author of _The Government of India_;

_Legislative Method and Forms_.

Evidence.

C. W. A.

CHARLES WILLIAM ALCOCK. (d. 1907).

Formerly Secretary of the Football Association, London.

Football: _Association_ (_in part_).

D. H.

DAVID HANNAY.

Formerly British Vice-Consul at Barcelona. Author of _Short

History of the Royal Navy_; _Life of Emilio Castelar_; &c.

First of June, Battle of the;

Fox, Charles James.

D. Mn.

REV. DUGALD MACFADYEN, M.A.

Minister of South Grove Congregational Church, Highgate. Director

of the London Missionary Society.

Excommunication.

D. N. P.

DIARMID NOEL PATON, M.D., F.R.C.P. (Edin.).

Regius Professor of Physiology in the University of Glasgow.

Formerly Superintendent of Research Laboratory of Royal College of

Physicians, Edinburgh. Biological Fellow of Edinburgh University,

1884. Author of _Essentials of Human Physiology_; &c.

Fever.

D. S. M.*

DAVID SAMUEL MARGOLIOUTH, M.A., D.LITT.

Laudian Professor of Arabic, Oxford. Fellow of New College. Author

of _Arabic _Papyri of the Bodleian Library_; _Mohammed and the

Rise of Islam_; _Cairo, Jerusalem_ and Damascus_.

Fatimites.

E. B.

EDWARD BRECK, M.A., PH.D.

Formerly Foreign Correspondent of the _New York Herald_ and the

_New York Times_. Author of _Fencing_; _Wilderness Pets_;

_Sporting in Nova Scotia_; &c.

Foil-fencing;

Football: _American_ (_in part_).

E. Ca.

EGERTON CASTLE, M.A., F.S.A.

Trinity College, Cambridge. Author of _Schools and Masters of

Fence_; &c.

Fencing.

Ed. C.*

THE HON. EDWARD EVAN CHARTERIS.

Barrister-at-Law, Inner Temple.

Fair (_in part_).

E. C. B.

RT. REV. EDWARD CUTHBERT BUTLER, O.S.B., M.A., D.LITT.

Abbot of Downside Abbey, Bath. Author of "The Lausiac History of

Palladius," in _Cambridge Texts and Studies_, vol. vi.

Fontevrault;

Francis of Assisi, St;

Francis of Paola, St.

E. C. Q.

EDMUND CROSBY QUIGGIN, M.A.

Fellow and Lecturer in Modern Languages and Monro Lecturer in

Celtic, Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.

Finn mac Cool.

E. D. R.

LIEUT.-COLONEL EMILIUS C. DELME RADCLIFFE.

Author of _Falconry: Notes on the Falconidae used in India in

Falconry_.

Falconry.

E. E. A.

ERNEST E. AUSTEN.

Assistant in Department of Zoology, Natural History Museum, South

Kensington.

Flea.

E. E. H.

REV. EDWARD EVERETT HALE.

See the biographical article: HALE, E. E.

Everett, Edward.

E. G.

EDMUND GOSSE, LL.D.

See the biographical article: GOSSE, EDMUND.

Ewald, Johannes;

Fabliau;

Fabre, Ferdinand;

Feuillet;

Finland: _Literature_;

FitzGerald, Edward;

Flaubert;

Flemish Literature;

Forssell.

E. H. P.

EDWARD HENRY PALMER, M.A.

See the biographical article: PALMER, E. H.

Firdousi (_in part_).

E. K.

EDMUND KNECHT, PH.D., M.SC.TECH. (Manchester), F.I.C.

Professor of Technological Chemistry, Manchester University. Head

of Chemical Department, Municipal School of Technology,

Manchester. Examiner in Dyeing, City and Guilds of London

Institute. Author of _A Manual of Dyeing_; &c. Editor of _Journal

of the Society of Dyers and Colourists_.

Finishing.

E. M. Ha.

ERNEST MAES HARVEY.

Partner in Messrs. Allen Harvey & Ross, Bullion Brokers, London.

Exchange.

E. O.*

EDMUND OWEN, M.B., F.R.C.S., LL.D., D.SC.

Consulting Surgeon to St Mary's Hospital, London, and to the

Children's Hospital, Great Ormond Street, London. Chevalier of the

Legion of Honour. Late Examiner in Surgery at the University of

Cambridge, London and Durham. Author of _A Manual of Anatomy for

Senior Students_.

Fistula.

E. O. S.

EDWIN OTHO SACHS, F.R.S. (Edin.), A.M.INST.M.E.

Chairman of the British Fire Prevention Committee. Vice-President,

National Fire Brigades Union. Vice-President, International Fire

Service Council. Author of _Fires and Public Entertainments_; &c.

Fire and Fire Extinction.

E. Pr.

EDGAR PRESTAGE.

Special Lecturer in Portuguese Literature at the University of

Manchester. Commendador, Portuguese Order of S. Thiago.

Corresponding Member of Lisbon Royal Academy of Sciences and

Lisbon Geographical Society.

Falcao;

Ferreira.

E. Re.

ELISEE RECLUS.

See the biographical article: RECLUS, J. J. E.

Fire.

E. Tn.

REV. ETHELRED LEONARD TAUNTON, (d. 1907).

Author of _The English Black Monks of St Benedict_; _History of

the Jesuits in England_.

Feckenham;

Fisher, John.

E. W. H.

ERNEST WILLIAM HOBSON, M.A., D.SC., F.R.S., F.R.A.S.

Fellow and Tutor in Mathematics, Christ's College, Cambridge.

Stokes Lecturer in Mathematics in the University.

Fourier's Series.

F. C. C.

FREDERICK CORNWALLIS CONYBEARE, M.A., D.TH. (Giessen).

Fellow of the British Academy. Formerly Fellow of University

College, Oxford. Author of _The Ancient Armenian Texts of

Aristotle_; _Myth, Magic and Morals_; &c.

Extreme Unction.

F. G. P.

FREDERICK GYMER PARSONS, F.R.C.S., F.Z.S., F.R.ANTHROP.INST.

Vice-President, Anatomical Society of Great Britain and Ireland.

Lecturer on Anatomy at St Thomas's Hospital and the London School

of Medicine for Women. Formerly Hunterian Professor at the Royal

College of Surgeons.

Eye: _Anatomy_.

F. J. H.

FRANCIS JOHN HAVERFIELD, M.A., LL.D., F.S.A.

Camden Professor of Ancient History in the University of Oxford.

Fellow of Brasenose College. Ford's Lecturer, 1906-1907. Fellow of

the British Academy. Author of Monographs on Roman History,

especially Roman Britain; &c.

Fosse.

F. J. W.

FREDERICK JOSEPH WALL, F.C.S.

Secretary to the Football Association.

Football: _Association_ (_in part_).

F. R. C.

FRANK R. CANA.

Author of _South Africa from the Great Trek to the Union_.

France: _Colonies_.

F. S.

FRANCIS STORR, M.A.

Editor of the _Journal of Education_, London. Officier d'Academie,

Paris.

Fable.

G. A. B.

GEORGE A. BOULENGER, D.SC., PH.D., F.R.S.

In charge of the Collections of Reptiles and Fishes, Department of

Zoology, British Museum. Vice-President of the Zoological Society

of London.

Flat-fish.

G. A. Be.

GEORGE ANDREAS BERRY, M.B., F.R.C.S., F.R.S. (Edin.).

Hon. Surgeon Oculist to His Majesty in Scotland. Formerly Senior

Ophthalmic Surgeon, Edinburgh Royal Infirmary, and Lecturer on

Ophthalmology in the University of Edinburgh. Vice-President,

Ophthalmological Society. Author of _Diseases of the Eye_; _The

Elements of Ophthalmoscopic Diagnosis_; _Subjective Symptoms in

Eye Diseases_; &c.

Eye: _Diseases_.

G. B. A.

GEORGE BURTON ADAMS, A.M., B.D., PH.D., LITT.D.

Professor of History, Yale University. Editor of _American

Historical Review_. Author of _Civilization during the Middle

Ages_; _Political History of England_, 1066-1216; &c.

Feudalism.

G. C. L.

GEORGE COLLINS LEVEY, C.M.G.

Member of Board of Advice to Agent-General of Victoria. Formerly

Editor and Proprietor of the _Melbourne Herald_. Secretary,

Colonial Committee of Royal Commission to Paris Exhibition, 1900.

Secretary, Adelaide Exhibition, 1887. Secretary, Royal Commission,

Hobart Exhibition, 1894-1895. Secretary to Commissioners for

Victoria at the Exhibitions in London, Paris, Vienna, Philadelphia

and Melbourne, 1873, 1876, 1878, 1880-1881.

Exhibition.

G. E.

REV. GEORGE EDMUNDSON, M.A., F.R.HIST.S.

Formerly Fellow and Tutor of Brasenose College, Oxford. Ford's

Lecturer, 1909. Hon. Member, Dutch Historical Society, and Foreign

Member, Netherlands Association of Literature.

Flanders.

G. F. Z.

GEORGE FREDERICK ZIMMER, A.M.INST.C.E.

Author of _Mechanical Handling of Material_.

Flour and Flour Manufacture.

G. G. P.*

GEORGE GRENVILLE PHILLIMORE, M.A., B.C.L.

Christ Church, Oxford. Barrister-at-Law, Middle Temple.

Fishery, Law of.

G. P.

GIFFORD PINCHOT, A.M., D.SC., LL.D.

Professor of Forestry, Yale University. Formerly Chief Forester,

U.S.A. President of the National Conservation Association. Member

of the Society of American Foresters, Royal English Arboricultural

Society, &c. Author of _The White Pine_; _A Primer of Forestry_;

&c.

Forests and Forestry: _United States_.

G. W. T.

REV. GRIFFITHS WHEELER THATCHER, M.A., B.D.

Warden of Camden College, Sydney, N.S.W. Formerly Tutor in Hebrew

and Old Testament History at Mansfield College, Oxford.

Fairuzabadi;

Fakhr ud-Din Razi;

Farabi;

Farazdaq.

H. B. S.

REV. HENRY BARCLAY SWETE, M.A., D.D., LITT.D.

Regius Professor of Divinity, Cambridge University. Fellow of

Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge. Fellow of King's College,

London. Fellow of British Academy. Hon. Canon of Ely Cathedral.

Author of _The Holy Spirit in the New Testament_; &c.

Fathers of the Church.

H. Ch.

HUGH CHISHOLM, M.A.

Formerly Scholar of Corpus Christi College, Oxford. Editor of the

11th Edition of the _Encyclopaedia Britannica_; Co-Editor of the

10th edition.

Forster.

H. De.

HIPPOLYTE DELEHAYE, S.J.

Assistant in the compilation of the Bollandist publications:

_Analecta Bollandiana_ and _Acta Sanctorum_.

Fiacre, Saint;

Florian, Saint.

H. F. G.

HANS FRIEDRICH GADOW, F.R.S., PH.D.

Strickland Curator and Lecturer on Zoology in the University of

Cambridge. Author of "Amphibia and Reptiles," in the _Cambridge

Natural History_.

Flamingo.

H. L. S.

H. LAWRENCE SWINBURNE (d. 1909).

Flag.

H. St.

HENRY STURT, M.A.

Author of _Idola Theatri_; _The Idea of a Free Church_; _Personal

Idealism_.

Fechner;

Feuerbach, Ludwig A.

H. W. C. D.

HENRY WILLIAM CARLESS DAVIS, M.A.

Fellow and Tutor of Balliol College, Oxford. Fellow of All Souls'

College, Oxford, 1895-1902. Author of _England under the Normans

and Angevins_; _Charlemagne_.

Fitz Neal;

Fitz Peter, Geoffrey;

Fitz Stephen, William;

Fitz Thedmar;

Flambard;

Florence of Worcester.

H. W. S.

H. WICKHAM STEED.

Correspondent of _The Times_ at Vienna. Correspondent of _The

Times_ at Rome, 1897-1902.

Fabrizi.

I. A.

ISRAEL ABRAHAMS, M.A.

Reader in Talmudic and Rabbinic Literature, University of

Cambridge. President, Jewish Historical Society of England. Author

of _A Short History of Jewish Literature_; _Jewish Life in the

Middle Ages_.

Exilarch;

Eybeschutz.

J. A. C.

SIR JOSEPH ARCHER CROWE, K.C.M.G.

See the biographical article: CROWE, SIR JOSEPH A.

Eyck, Van.

J. A. H.

JOHN ALLEN HOWE, B.SC.

Curator and Librarian of the Museum of Practical Geology, London.

Author of _The Geology of Building Stones_.

France: _Geology_.

J. A. S.

JOHN ADDINGTON SYMONDS, LL.D.

See the biographical article: SYMONDS, JOHN A.

Ficino;

Filelfo.

J. B.*

JOSEPH BURTON.

Partner in Pilkington's Tile and Pottery Co., Clifton Junction,

Manchester.

Firebrick (_in part_).

J. B. P.

JAMES BELL PETTIGREW, M.D., LL.D., F.R.S., F.R.C.P. (Edin.) (1834-1908).

Chandos Professor of Medicine and Anatomy, University of St

Andrews, 1875-1908. Author of _Animal Locomotion_; &c.

Flight and Flying (_in part_).

J. Bt.

JAMES BARTLETT.

Lecturer on Construction, Architecture, Sanitation, Quantities,

&c., at King's College, London. Member of Society of Architects.

Member of Institute of Junior Engineers.

Foundations.

J. C. M.

JAMES CLERK MAXWELL, LL.D.

See the biographical article: MAXWELL, JAMES CLERK.

Faraday.

J. E. C. B.

JOHN EDWARD COURTENAY BODLEY, M.A.

Balliol College, Oxford. Corresponding Member of the Institute of

France. Author of _France_; _The Coronation of Edward VII._; &c.

France: _History_, 1870-1910.

J. E. P. W.

JOHN EDWARD POWER WALLIS, M.A.

Puisne Judge, Madras. Vice-Chancellor of Madras University. Inns

of Court Reader in Constitutional Law, 1892-1897. Formerly Editor

of _State Trials_.

Extradition.

J. F. St.

JOHN FREDERICK STENNING, M.A.

Dean and Fellow of Wadham College, Oxford. University Lecturer in

Aramaic. Lecturer in Divinity and Hebrew at Wadham College.

Exodus, Book of.

J. G. H.

JOSEPH G. HORNER, A.M.I.MECH.E.

Author of _Plating and Boiler Making_; _Practical Metal Turning_;

&c.

Forging;

Founding.

J. G. R.

JOHN GEORGE ROBERTSON, M.A., PH.D.

Professor of German at the University of London. Formerly Lecturer

on the English Language, Strassburg University. Author of _History

of German Literature_; &c.

Fouque, Baron.

J. H. P.*

JOHN HUNGERFORD POLLEN, M.A. (d. 1908).

Formerly Professor of Fine Arts in Catholic University of Dublin.

Fellow of Merton College, Oxford. Cantor Lecturer, Society of

Arts, 1885. Author of _Ancient and Modern Furniture and Woodwork_;

_Ancient and Modern Gold and Silversmith's Work_; _The Trajan

Column_; &c.

Fan.

J. Hl. R.

JOHN HOLLAND ROSE, M.A., LITT.D.

Lecturer on Modern History to the Cambridge University Local

Lectures Syndicate. Author of _Life of Napoleon I._; _Napoleonic

Studies_; _The Development of the European Nations_; _The Life of

Pitt_; chapters in the _Cambridge Modern History_.

Fouche.

J. H. R.

JOHN HORACE ROUND, M.A., LL.D. (Edin.).

Author of _Feudal England_; _Studies in Peerage and Family

History_; _Peerage and Pedigree_; &c.

Ferrers: _Family_;

Fitzgerald: _Family_.

J. I.

JULES ISAAC.

Professor of History at the Lycee of Lyons.

Francis I. of France.

J. K. L.

SIR JOHN KNOX LAUGHTON, M.A., LITT.D.

Professor of Modern History, King's College, London. Secretary of

the Navy Records Society. Served in the Baltic, 1854-1855; in

China, 1856-1859. Mathematical and Naval Instructor, Royal Naval

College, Portsmouth, 1866-1873; Greenwich, 1873-1885. President,

Royal Meteorological Society, 1882-1884. Honorary Fellow, Gonville

and Caius College, Cambridge. Fellow, King's College, London.

Author of _Physical Geography in its Relation to the Prevailing

Winds and Currents_; _Studies in Naval History_; _Sea Fights and

Adventures_; &c.

Farragut;

Fitzroy.

J. L. B.

JULIAN LEVETT BAKER, F.I.C.

Analytical and Consulting Chemist. Examiner in Brewing to the City

and Guilds of London Institute, Department of Technology. Hon.

Secretary of the Institute of Brewing. Author of _The Brewing

Industry_; &c.

Fermentation.

J. Ma.

JOHN MACDONALD.

Fair (_in part_).

J. M. S.

JAMES MONTGOMERY STUART.

Author of _The History of Free Trade in Tuscany_; _Reminiscences

and Essays_.

Foscolo.

J. Pa.

JAMES PATON, F.L.S.

Superintendent of Museums and Art Galleries of Corporation of

Glasgow. Assistant in Museum of Science and Art, Edinburgh,

1861-1876. President of Museums Association of United Kingdom,

1896. Editor and part-author of _Scottish National Memorials_,

1890.

Feather (_in part_).

J. P. E.

JEAN PAUL HIPPOLYTE EMMANUEL ADHEMAR ESMEIN.

Professor of Law in the University of Paris. Officer of the Legion

of Honour. Member of the Institute of France. Author of _Cours

elementaire d'histoire du droit francais_; &c.

France: _Law and Institutions_.

J. R. C.

JOSEPH ROGERSON COTTER, M.A.

Assistant to the Professor of Natural and Experimental Philosophy,

Trinity College, Dublin. Editor of 2nd edition of Preston's

_Theory of Heat_.

Fluorescence.

J. R. F.*

JOSEPH R. FISHER.

Editor of the _Northern Whig_, Belfast. Author of _Finland and the

Tsars_; _Law of the Press_; &c.

Finland.

J. R. J. J.

JULIAN ROBERT JOHN JOCELYN.

Colonel, R.A. Formerly Commandant, Ordnance College; Member of

Ordnance Committee; Commandant, Schools of Gunnery.

Fireworks: _History_.

J. S. Bl.

REV. JOHN SUTHERLAND BLACK, M.A., LL.D.

Assistant Editor, 9th edition, _Encyclopaedia Britannica_. Joint

Editor of the _Encyclopaedia Biblica_. Translated Ritschl's

_Critical History of the Christian Doctrine of Justification and

Reconciliation_.

Fasting;

Feasts and Festivals.

J. S. F.

JOHN SMITH FLETT, D.SC, F.G.S.

Petrographer to the Geological Survey. Formerly Lecturer on

Petrology in Edinburgh University. Neill Medallist of the Royal

Society of Edinburgh. Bigsby Medallist of the Geological Society

of London.

Felsite;

Flint.

J. S. K.

JOHN SCOTT KELTIE, LL.D., F.S.S.. F.S.A. (Scot.).

Secretary, Royal Geographical Society. Knight of Swedish Order of

North Star. Commander of the Norwegian Order of St Olaf. Hon.

Member, Geographical Societies of Paris, Berlin, Rome, &c. Editor

of _Statesman's Year Book_. Editor of the _Geographical Journal_.

Finland (_in part_);

Flinders.

J. T. Be.

JOHN T. BEALBY.

Joint Author of Stanford's _Europe_. Formerly Editor of the

_Scottish Geographical Magazine_. Translator of Sven Hedin's

_Through Asia, Central Asia and Tibet_; &c.

Fens;

Ferghana (_in part_).

K. S.

KATHLEEN SCHLESINGER.

Author of _The Instruments of the Orchestra_.

Fiddle;

Fife;

Flageolet;

Flute (_in part_).

L. D.*

LOUIS DUCHESNE.

See the biographical article: DUCHESNE, L. M. O.

Formosus.

L. F. S.

LESLIE FREDERIC SCOTT, M.A., K.C.C.

Barrister-at-Law, Inner Temple.

Factor.

L. J.

LIEUT.-COLONEL LOUIS CHARLES JACKSON, R.E., C.M.G.

Assistant Director of Fortifications and Works, War Office.

Formerly Instructor in Fortification, R.M.A., Woolwich. Instructor

in Fortification and Military Engineering, School of Military

Engineering, Chatham

Fortification and Siegecraft.

L. V.*

LUIGI VILLARI.

Italian Foreign Office (Emigration Dept.). Formerly Newspaper

Correspondent in east of Europe. Italian Vice-Consul in New

Orleans, 1906; Philadelphia, 1907; Boston, U.S.A., 1907-1910.

Author of _Italian Life in Town and Country_; _Fire and Sword in

the Caucasus_; &c.

Faliero;

Fanti, Manfredo;

Farini, Luigi Carlo;

Farnese: _Family_;

Ferdinand I. and IV. of Naples;

Ferdinand II. of the Two Sicilies;

Fiesco; Filangieri, C.;

Florence;

Foscari;

Fossombroni;

Francis II. of the Two Sicilies;

Francis IV. and V. of Modena.

M. Ha.

MARCUS HARTOG, M.A., D.SC, F.L.S.

Professor of Zoology, University College, Cork. Author of

"Protozoa," in _Cambridge Natural History_; and papers for various

scientific journals.

Flagellate;

Foraminifera.

N. W. T.

NORTHCOTE WHITBRIDGE THOMAS, M.A.

Government Anthropologist to Southern Nigeria. Corresponding

Member of the Societe d'Anthropologie de Paris. Author of _Thought

Transference_; _Kinship and Marriage in Australia_; &c.

Faith Healing;

Fetishism;

Folklore.

O. H.*

OTTO HEHNER, F.I.C., F.C.S.

Public Analyst. Formerly President of Society of Public Analysts.

Vice-President of Institute of Chemistry of Great Britain and

Ireland. Author of works on Butter Analysis; Alcohol Tables; &c.

Food Preservation.

O. M.

DAVID ORME MASSON, M.A., D.SC, F.R.S.

Professor of Chemistry, Melbourne University. Author of papers on

chemistry in the transactions of various learned societies.

Fireworks: _Modern_.

P. A.

PAUL DANIEL ALPHANDERY.

Professor of the History of Dogma, Ecole Pratique des Hautes

Etudes, Sorbonne, Paris. Author of _Les Idees morales chez les

heterodoxes latines au debut du XIII^e siecle_.

Flagellants.

P. A. K.

PRINCE PETER ALEXEIVITCH KROPOTKIN.

See the biographical article: KROPOTKIN, P. A.

Ferghana (_in part_);

Finland (_in part_).

P. C. Y.

PHILIP CHESNEY YORKE, M.A.

Magdalen College, Oxford.

Falkland;

Fanshaw;

Fawkes, Guy;

Fell, John;

Fortescue, Sir John.

P. C. M.

PETER CHALMERS MITCHELL, F.R.S., F.Z.S., D.SC, LL.D.

Secretary to the Zoological Society of London. University

Demonstrator in Comparative Anatomy and Assistant to Linacre

Professor at Oxford, 1881-1891. Examiner in Zoology to the

University of London, 1903. Author of _Outlines of Biology_; &c.

Evolution.

P. G. K.

PAUL GEORGE KONODY.

Art Critic of the _Observer_ and the _Daily Mail_. Formerly Editor

of _The Artist_. Author of _The Art of Walter Crane_; _Velasquez,

Life and Work_; &c.

Fiorenzo di Lorenzo;

Fragonard.

P. J. H.

PHILIP JOSEPH HARTOG, M.A., L. ES SC. (Paris).

Academic Registrar of the University of London. Author of _The

Writing of English_, and articles in the Special Reports on

educational subjects of the Board of Education.

Examinations (_in part_).

P. W.

PAUL WIRIATH.

Director of the Ecole Superieure Pratique de Commerce et

d'Industrie, Paris.

France: _History to_ 1870.

R. Ad.

ROBERT ADAMSON, LL.D.

See the biographical article: ADAMSON, R.

Fichte;

Fourier, F. C. M.

R. A. S. M.

ROBERT ALEXANDER STEWART MACALISTER, M.A., F.S.A.

St John's College, Cambridge. Director of Excavations for the

Palestine Exploration Fund.

Font.

R. H. C.

REV. ROBERT HENRY CHARLES, M.A., D.D., D.LITT. (Oxon.).

Grinfield Lecturer and Lecturer in Biblical Studies, Oxford.

Fellow of the British Academy. Formerly Senior Moderator of

Trinity College, Dublin. Author and Editor of _Book of Enoch_;

_Book of Jubilees_; _Apocalypse of Baruch_; _Assumption of Moses_;

_Ascension of Isaiah_; _Testaments of the XII. Patriarchs_; &c.

Ezra: _Third and Fourth Books of_.

R. J. M.

RONALD JOHN MCNEILL, M.A.

Christ Church, Oxford. Barrister-at-Law. Formerly Editor of the

_St James's Gazette_, London.

Fenians;

Fitzgerald, Lord Edward;

Flood, Henry.

R. L.*

RICHARD LYDEKKER, F.R.S., F.G.S., F.Z.S.

Member of the Staff of the Geological Survey of India, 1874-1882.

Author of _Catalogue of Fossil Mammals, Reptiles and Birds in

British Museum_; _The Deer of all Lands_; _The Game Animals of

Africa_; &c.

Flying-Squirrel; Fox.

R. N. B.

ROBERT NISBET BAIN (d. 1909).

Assistant Librarian, British Museum, 1883-1909. Author of

_Scandinavia: the Political History of Denmark, Norway and Sweden,

1513-1900_; _The First Romanovs, 1613-1725_; _Slavonic Europe: the

Political History of Poland and Russia from 1469 to 1796_; &c.

Fersen, Counts von.

R. Po.

RENE POUPARDIN, D. ES L.

Secretary of the Ecole des Chartes. Honorary Librarian at the

Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris. Author of _Le Royaume de Provence

sous les Carolingiens_; _Recueil des chartes de Saint-Germain_;

&c.

Franche-Comte.

R. P. S.

R. PHENE SPIERS, F.S.A., F.R.I.B.A.

Formerly Master of the Architectural School, Royal Academy,

London. Past President of Architectural Association. Associate and

Fellow of King's College, London. Corresponding Member of the

Institute of France. Editor of Fergusson's _History of

Architecture_. Author of _Architecture: East and West_; &c.

Flute: _Architecture_.

R. S. C.

ROBERT SEYMOUR CONWAY, M.A., D.LITT. (Cantab.).

Professor of Latin and Indo-European Philology in the University

of Manchester. Formerly Professor of Latin in University College,

Cardiff; and Fellow of Gonville and Caius College, Cambridge.

Author of _The Italic Dialects_.

Falisci.

R. Tr.

ROLAND TRUSLOVE, M.A.

Formerly Scholar of Christ Church, Oxford. Fellow, Dean and

Lecturer in Classics at Worcester College, Oxford.

France: _Statistics_.

S. A. C.

STANLEY ARTHUR COOK, M.A.

Editor for Palestine Exploration Fund. Lecturer in Hebrew and

Syriac, and formerly Fellow, Gonville and Caius College,

Cambridge. Examiner in Hebrew and Aramaic, London University,

1904-1908. Author of _Glossary of Aramaic Inscriptions_; _The Laws

of Moses and the Code of Hammurabi_; _Critical Notes on Old

Testament History_; _Religion of Ancient Palestine_; &c.

Exodus, The;

Ezra and Nehemiah, Books of.

S. C.

SIDNEY COLVIN, LL.D.

See the biographical article: COLVIN, S.

Fine Arts;

Finiguerra;

Flaxman.

St C.

VISCOUNT ST CYRES.

See the biographical article: IDDESLEIGH, 1ST EARL OF

Fenelon.

S. E. B.

HON. SIMEON EBEN BALDWIN, M.A., LL.D.

Professor of Constitutional and Private International Law in Yale

University. Director of the Bureau of Comparative Law of the

American Bar Association. Formerly Chief Justice of Connecticut.

Author of _Modern Political Institutions_; _American Railroad

Law_; &c.

Extradition: U.S.A.

S. E. S.-R.

STEPHEN EDWARD SPRING-RICE, M.A., C.B. (1856-1902).

Formerly Principal Clerk, H.M. Treasury, and Auditor of the Civil

List. Fellow of Trinity College, Cambridge.

Exchequer (_in part_).

T. A. I.

THOMAS ALLAN INGRAM, M.A., LL.D.

Trinity College, Dublin.

Explosives: _Law_.

T. As.

THOMAS ASHBY, M.A., D.LITT. (Oxon.), F.S.A.

Director of British School of Archaeology at Rome. Formerly

Scholar of Christ Church, Oxford. Craven Fellow, 1897.

Corresponding Member of the Imperial German Archaeological

Institute. Author of the _Classical Topography of the Roman

Campagna_; &c.

Faesulae;

Falerii;

Falerio;

Fanum Fortunae;

Ferentino;

Fermo;

Flaminia Via;

Florence: _Early History_;

Fondi;

Fonni;

Forum Appii.

T. Ba.

SIR THOMAS BARCLAY, M.P.

Member of the Institute of International Law. Member of the

Supreme Council of the Congo Free State. Officer of the Legion of

Honour. Author of _Problems of International Practice and

Diplomacy_; &c. M.P. for Blackburn, 1910.

Exterritoriality.

T. H. H.*

SIR THOMAS HUNGERFORD HOLDICH, K.C.M.G., K.C.I.E., D.SC., F.R.G.S.

Colonel in the Royal Engineers. Superintendent, Frontier Surveys,

India, 1892-1898. Gold Medallist, R.G.S., London, 1887. H.M.

Commissioner for the Persia-Beluch Boundary, 1896. Author of _The

Indian Borderland_; _The Gates of India_; &c.

Everest, Mount.

T. K. C.

REV. THOMAS KELLY CHEYNE, D.D.

See the biographical article: CHEYNE, T. K.

Eve (_in part_).

T. Se.

THOMAS SECCOMBE, M.A.

Lecturer in History, East London and Birkbeck Colleges, University

of London. Stanhope Prizeman, Oxford, 1887. Formerly Assistant

Editor of _Dictionary of National Biography_, 1891-1901.

Joint-author of _The Bookman History of English Literature_.

Author of _The Age of Johnson_; &c.

Fawcett, Henry.

T. Wo.

THOMAS WOODHOUSE.

Head of Weaving and Textile Designing Department, Technical

College, Dundee.

Flax.

V. M.

VICTOR CHARLES MAHILLON.

Principal of the Conservatoire Royal de Musique at Brussels.

Chevalier of the Legion of Honour.

Flute (_in part_).

W. A. B. C.

REV. WILLIAM AUGUSTUS BREVOORT COOLIDGE, M.A., F.R.G.S., Ph.D. (Bern).

Fellow of Magdalen College, Oxford. Professor of English History,

St David's College, Lampeter, 1880-1881. Author of _Guide to

Switzerland_; _The Alps in Nature and in History_; &c. Editor of

the _Alpine Journal_, 1880-1889.

Feldkirch.

W. A. P.

WALTER ALISON PHILLIPS, M.A.

Formerly Exhibitioner of Merton College and Senior Scholar of St

John's College, Oxford. Author of _Modern Europe_; &c.

Excellency;

Faust;

Febronianism.

W. B.*

WILLIAM BURTON, M.A., F.C.S.

Chairman, Joint Committee of Pottery Manufacturers of Great

Britain. Author of _English Stoneware and Earthenware_; &c.

Firebrick (_in part_).

W. Ca.

WALTER CAMP, A.M.

Member of Yale University Council. Author of _American Football_;

_Football Facts and Figures_; &c.

Football: _American_ (_in part_).

W. Ga.

WALTER GARSTANG, M.A., D.SC.

Professor of Zoology at the University of Leeds. Scientific

Adviser to H.M. Delegates on the International Council for the

Exploration of the Sea, 1901-1907. Formerly Fellow of Lincoln

College, Oxford. Author of _The Races and Migrations of the

Mackerel_; _The Impoverishment of the Sea_; &c.

Fisheries.

W. He.

WALTER HEPWORTH.

Formerly Commissioner of the Council of Education, Science and Art

Department, South Kensington.

Fool.

W. M. R.

WILLIAM MICHAEL ROSSETTI.

See the biographical article: ROSSETTI, DANTE G.

Ferrari, Gaudenzio;

Fielding, Copley;

Franceschi, Piero;

Francia.

W. P. P.

WILLIAM PLANE PYCRAFT, F.Z.S.

Assistant in the Zoological Department, British Museum. Formerly

Assistant Linacre Professor of Comparative Anatomy, Oxford.

Vice-President of the Selborne Society. Author of _A History of

Birds_; &c.

Feather (_in part_).

W. N. S.

WILLIAM NAPIER SHAW, M.A., LL.D., D.SC, F.R.S.

Director of the Meteorological Office. Reader in Meteorology in

the University of London. President of Permanent International

Meteorological Committee. Member of Meteorological Council,

1897-1905. Hon. Fellow of Emmanuel College, Cambridge. Fellow of

Emmanuel College, 1877-1899; Senior Tutor, 1890-1899. Joint Author

of _Text Book of Practical Physics_; &c.

Fog.

W. P. R.

HON. WILLIAM PEMBER REEVES.

Director of London School of Economics. Agent-General and High

Commissioner for New Zealand, 1896-1909. Minister of Education,

Labour and Justice, New Zealand, 1891-1896. Author of _The Long

White Cloud, a History of New Zealand_; &c.

Fox, Sir William.

W. R. S.

WILLIAM ROBERTSON SMITH, LL.D.

See the biographical article: SMITH, W. R.

Eve (_in part_).

W. R. E. H.

WILLIAM RICHARD EATON HODGKINSON, PH.D., F.R.S.

Professor of Chemistry and Physics, Ordnance College, Woolwich.

Formerly Professor of Chemistry and Physics, R.M.A., Woolwich.

Part Author of Valentin-Hodgkinson's _Practical Chemistry_; &c.

Explosives.

W. Sch.

SIR WILHELM SCHLICH, K.C.I.E., M.A., PH.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.

Professor of Forestry at the University of Oxford. Hon. Fellow of

St John's College. Author of _A Manual of Forestry_; _Forestry in

the United Kingdom_; _The Outlook of the World's Timber Supply_;

&c.

Forests and Forestry.

W. W. F.*

WILLIAM WARDE FOWLER, M.A.

Fellow of Lincoln College, Oxford. Sub-rector, 1881-1904. Gifford

Lecturer, Edinburgh University, 1908. Author of _The City-State of

the Greeks and Romans_; _The Roman Festivals of the Republican

Period_; &c.

Fortuna.

W. W. R.*

WILLIAM WALKER ROCKWELL, LIC. THEOL.

Assistant Professor of Church History, Union Theological Seminary,

New York. Author of _Die Doppelehe des Landgrafen Philipp von

Hessen_.

Ferrara-Florence, Council of.

Principal Unsigned Articles

Evil Eye. Fault. Fig. Fontenoy.

Excise. Federal Government. Filigree. Foot and Mouth

Execution. Federalist Party. Fir. Disease.

Executors and Fehmic Courts. Fives. Forest Laws.

Administrators. Felony. Fleurus. Forfarshire.

Exeter. Fez. Florida. Forgery.

Exile. Fezzan. Foix. Formosa.

Eylau. Fictions. Fold. Foundling

Famine. Fife. Fontenelle. Hospitals.

Fountain.

FOOTNOTE:

[1] A complete list, showing all individual contributors, appears in

the final volume.

ENCYCLOPAEDIA BRITANNICA

ELEVENTH EDITION

VOLUME X

EVANGELICAL CHURCH CONFERENCE, a convention of delegates from the

different Protestant churches of Germany. The conference originated in

1848, when the general desire for political unity made itself felt in

the ecclesiastical sphere as well. A preliminary meeting was held at

Sandhof near Frankfort in June of that year, and on the 21st of

September some five hundred delegates representing the Lutheran, the

Reformed, the United and the Moravian churches assembled at Wittenberg.

The gathering was known as _Kirchentag_ (church diet), and, while

leaving each denomination free in respect of constitution, ritual,

doctrine and attitude towards the state, agreed to act unitedly in

bearing witness against the non-evangelical churches and in defending

the rights and liberties of the churches in the federation. The

organization thus closely resembles that of the Free Church Federation

in England. The movement exercised considerable influence during the

middle of the 19th century. Though no _Kirchentag_, as such, has been

convened since 1871, its place has been taken by the _Kongress fur

innere Mission_, which holds annual meetings in different towns. There

is also a biennial conference of the evangelical churches held at

Eisenach to discuss matters of general interest. Its decisions have no

legislative force.

EVANGELICAL UNION, a religious denomination which originated in the

suspension of the Rev. James Morison (1816-1893), minister of a United

Secession congregation in Kilmarnock, Scotland, for certain views

regarding faith, the work of the Holy Spirit in salvation, and the

extent of the atonement, which were regarded by the supreme court of his

church as anti-Calvinistic and heretical. Morison was suspended by the

presbytery in 1841 and thereupon definitely withdrew from the Secession

Church. His father, who was minister at Bathgate, and two other

ministers, being deposed not long afterwards for similar opinions, the

four met at Kilmarnock on the 16th of May 1843 (two days before the

"Disruption" of the Free Church), and, on the basis of certain doctrinal

principles, formed themselves into an association under the name of the

Evangelical Union, "for the purpose of countenancing, counselling and

otherwise aiding one another, and also for the purpose of training up

spiritual and devoted young men to carry forward the work and 'pleasure

of the Lord.'" The doctrinal views of the new denomination gradually

assumed a more decidedly anti-Calvinistic form, and they began also to

find many sympathizers among the Congregationalists of Scotland. Nine

students were expelled from the Congregational Academy for holding

"Morisonian" doctrines, and in 1845 eight churches were disjoined from

the Congregational Union of Scotland and formed a connexion with the

Evangelical Union. The Union exercised no jurisdiction over the

individual churches connected with it, and in this respect adhered to

the Independent or Congregational form of church government; but those

congregations which originally were Presbyterian vested their government

in a body of elders. In 1889 the denomination numbered 93 churches; and

in 1896, after prolonged negotiation, the Evangelical Union was

incorporated with the Congregational Union of Scotland.

See _The Evangelical Union Annual; History of the Evangelical Union_,

by F. Ferguson (Glasgow, 1876); _The Worthies of the E. U._ (1883); W.

Adamson, _Life of Dr James Morison_ (1898).

EVANS, CHRISTMAS (1766-1838), Welsh Nonconformist divine, was born near

the village of Llandyssul, Cardiganshire, on the 25th of December 1766.

His father, a shoemaker, died early, and the boy grew up as an

illiterate farm labourer. At the age of seventeen, becoming servant to a

Presbyterian minister, David Davies, he was affected by a religious

revival and learned to read and write in English and Welsh. The

itinerant Calvinistic Methodist preachers and the members of the Baptist

church at Llandyssul further influenced him, and he soon joined the

latter denomination. In 1789 he went into North Wales as a preacher and

settled for two years in the desolate peninsula of Lleyn,

Carnarvonshire, whence he removed to Llangefni in Anglesey. Here, on a

stipend of L17 a year, supplemented by a little tract-selling, he built

up a strong Baptist community, modelling his organization to some extent

on that of the Calvinistic Methodists. Many new chapels were built, the

money being collected on preaching tours which Evans undertook in South

Wales.

In 1826 Evans accepted an invitation to Caerphilly, where he remained

for two years, removing in 1828 to Cardiff. In 1832, in response to

urgent calls from the north, he settled in Carnarvon and again undertook

the old work of building and collecting. He was taken ill on a tour in

South Wales, and died at Swansea on the 19th of July 1838. In spite of

his early disadvantages and personal disfigurement (he had lost an eye

in a youthful brawl), Christmas Evans was a remarkably powerful

preacher. To a natural aptitude for this calling he united a nimble mind

and an inquiring spirit; his character was simple, his piety humble and

his faith fervently evangelical. For a time he came under Sandemanian

influence, and when the Wesleyans entered Wales he took the Calvinist

side in the bitter controversies that were frequent from 1800 to 1810.

His chief characteristic was a vivid and affluent imagination, which

absorbed and controlled all his other powers, and earned for him the

name of "the Bunyan of Wales."

His works were edited by Owen Davies in 3 vols. (Carnarvon,

1895-1897). See the _Lives_ by D.R. Stephens (1847) and Paxton Hood

(1883).

EVANS, EVAN HERBER (1836-1896), Welsh Nonconformist divine, was born on

the 5th of July 1836, at Pant yr Onen near Newcastle Emlyn,

Cardiganshire. As a boy he saw something of the "Rebecca Riots," and

went to school at the neighbouring village of Llechryd. In 1853 he went

into business, first at Pontypridd and then at Merthyr, but next year

made his way to Liverpool. He decided to enter the ministry, and studied

arts and theology respectively at the Normal College, Swansea, and the

Memorial College, Brecon, his convictions being deepened by the

religious revival of 1858-1859. In 1862 he succeeded Thomas Jones as

minister of the Congregational church at Morriston near Swansea. In 1865

he became pastor of Salem church, Carnarvon, a charge which he occupied

for nearly thirty years despite many invitations to English pastorates.

In 1894 he became principal of the Congregational college at Bangor. He

died on the 30th of December 1896. He was chairman of the Welsh

Congregational Union in 1886 and of the Congregational Union of England

and Wales in 1892; and by his earnest ministry, his eloquence and his

literary work, especially in the denominational paper _Y Dysgedydd_, he

achieved a position of great influence in his country.

See _Life_ by H. Elvet Lewis.

EVANS, SIR GEORGE DE LACY (1787-1870), British soldier, was born at

Moig, Limerick, in 1787. He was educated at Woolwich Academy, and

entered the army in 1806 as a volunteer, obtaining an ensigncy in the

22nd regiment in 1807. His early service was spent in India, but he

exchanged into the 3rd Light Dragoons in order to take part in the

Peninsular War, and was present in the retreat from Burgos in 1812. In

1813 he was at Vittoria, and was afterwards employed in making a

military survey of the passes of the Pyrenees. He took part in the

campaign of 1814, and was present at Pampeluna, the Nive and Toulouse;

and later in the year he served with great distinction on the staff in

General Ross's Bladensburg campaign, and took part in the capture of

Washington and of Baltimore and the operations before New Orleans. He

returned to England in the spring of 1815, in time to take part in the

Waterloo campaign as assistant quartermaster-general on Sir T. Picton's

staff. As a member of the staff of the duke of Wellington he accompanied

the English army to Paris, and remained there during the occupation of

the city by the allies. He was still a substantive captain in the 5th

West India regiment, though a lieutenant-colonel by brevet, when he went

on half-pay in 1818. In 1830 he was elected M.P. for Rye in the Liberal

interest; but in the election of 1832 he was an unsuccessful candidate

both for that borough and for Westminster. For the latter constituency

he was, however, returned in 1833, and, except in the parliament of

1841-1846, he continued to represent it till 1865, when he retired from

political life. His parliamentary duties did not, however, interfere

with his career as a soldier. In 1835 he went out to Spain in command of

the Spanish Legion, recruited in England, and 9600 strong, which served

for two years in the Carlist War on the side of the queen of Spain. In

spite of great difficulties the legion won great distinction on the

battlefields of northern Spain, and Evans was able to say that no

prisoners had been taken from it in action, that it had never lost a gun

or an equipage, and that it had taken 27 guns and 1100 prisoners from

the enemy. He received several Spanish orders, and on his return in 1839

was made a colonel and K.C.B. In 1846 he became major-general; and in

1854, on the breaking-out of the Crimean War, he was made

lieutenant-general and appointed to command the 2nd division of the Army

of the East. At the battle of the Alma, where he received a severe

wound, his quick comprehension of the features of the combat largely

contributed to the victory. On the 26th of October he defeated a large

Russian force which attacked his position on Mount Inkerman. Illness and

fatigue compelled him a few days after this to leave the command of his

division in the hands of General Pennefather; but he rose from his

sick-bed on the day of the battle of Inkerman, the 5th of November, and,

declining to take the command of his division from Pennefather, aided

him in the long-protracted struggle by his advice. On his return

invalided to England in the following February, Evans received the

thanks of the House of Commons. He was made a G.C.B., and the university

of Oxford conferred on him the degree of D.C.L. In 1861 he was promoted

to the full rank of general. He died in London on the 9th of January

1870.

EVANS, SIR JOHN (1823-1908), English archaeologist and geologist, son of

the Rev. Dr A.B. Evans, head master of Market Bosworth grammar school,

was born at Britwell Court, Bucks, on the 17th of November 1823. He was

for many years head of the extensive paper manufactory of Messrs John

Dickinson at Nash Mills, Hemel Hempstead, but was especially

distinguished as an antiquary and numismatist. He was the author of

three books, standard in their respective departments: _The Coins of the

Ancient Britons_ (1864); _The Ancient Stone Implements, Weapons and

Ornaments of Great Britain_ (1872, 2nd ed. 1897); and _The Ancient

Bronze Implements, Weapons and Ornaments of Great Britain and Ireland_

(1881). He also wrote a number of separate papers on archaeological and

geological subjects--notably the papers on "Flint Implements in the

Drift" communicated in 1860 and 1862 to _Archaeologia_, the organ of the

Society of Antiquaries. Of that society he was president from 1885 to

1892, and he was president of the Numismatic Society from 1874 to the

time of his death. He also presided over the Geological Society,

1874-1876; the Anthropological Institute, 1877-1879; the Society of

Chemical Industry, 1892-1893; the British Association, 1897-1898; and

for twenty years (1878-1898) he was treasurer of the Royal Society. As

president of the Society of Antiquaries he was an _ex officio_ trustee

of the British Museum, and subsequently he became a permanent trustee.

His academic honours included honorary degrees from several

universities, and he was a corresponding member of the Institut de

France. He was created a K.C.B. in 1892. He died at Berkhamsted on the

31st of May 1908.

His eldest son, ARTHUR JOHN EVANS, born in 1851, was educated at

Brasenose College, Oxford, and Gottingen. He became fellow of Brasenose

and in 1884 keeper of the Ashmolean Museum at Oxford. He travelled in

Finland and Lapland in 1873-1874, and in 1875 made a special study of

archaeology and ethnology in the Balkan States. In 1893 he began his

investigations in Crete, which have resulted in discoveries of the

utmost importance concerning the early history of Greece and the eastern

Mediterranean (see AEGEAN CIVILIZATION AND CRETE). He is a member of all

the chief archaeological societies in Europe, holds honorary degrees at

Oxford, Edinburgh and Dublin, and is a fellow of the Royal Society. His

chief publications are: _Cretan Pictographs and Prae-Phoenician Script_

(1896); _Further Discoveries of Cretan and Aegean Script_ (1898); _The

Mycenaean Tree and Pillar Cult_ (1901); _Scripta Minoa_ (1909 foll.);

and reports on the excavations. He also edited with additions Freeman's

_History of Sicily_, vol. iv.

EVANS, OLIVER (1755-1819), American mechanician, was born at Newport,

Delaware, in 1755. He was apprenticed to a wheelwright, and at the age

of twenty-two he invented a machine for making the card-teeth used in

carding wool and cotton. In 1780 he became partner with his brothers,

who were practical millers, and soon introduced various labour-saving

appliances which both cheapened and improved the processes of

flour-milling. Turning his attention to the steam engine, he employed

steam at a relatively high pressure, and the plans of his invention

which he sent over to England in 1787 and in 1794-1795 are said to have

been seen by R. Trevithick, whom in that case he anticipated in the

adoption of the high-pressure principle. He made use of his engine for

driving mill machinery; and in 1803 he constructed a steam dredging

machine, which also propelled itself on land. In 1819 a disastrous fire

broke out in his factory at Pittsburg, and he did not long survive it,

dying at New York on the 21st of April 1819.

EVANSON, EDWARD (1731-1805), English divine, was born on the 21st of

April 1731 at Warrington, Lancashire. After graduating at Cambridge

(Emmanuel College) and taking holy orders, he officiated for several

years as curate at Mitcham. In 1768 he became vicar of South Mimms near

Barnet; and in November 1769 he was presented to the rectory of

Tewkesbury, with which he held also the vicarage of Longdon in

Worcestershire. In the course of his studies he discovered what he

thought important variance between the teaching of the Church of England

and that of the Bible, and he did not conceal his convictions. In

reading the service he altered or omitted phrases which seemed to him

untrue, and in reading the Scriptures pointed out errors in the

translation. A crisis was brought on by his sermon on the resurrection,

preached at Easter 1771; and in November 1773 a prosecution was

instituted against him in the consistory court of Gloucester. He was

charged with "depraving the public worship of God contained in the

liturgy of the Church of England, asserting the same to be superstitious

and unchristian, preaching, writing and conversing against the creeds

and the divinity of our Saviour, and assuming to himself the power of

making arbitrary alterations in his performance of the public worship."

A protest was at once signed and published by a large number of his

parishioners against the prosecution. The case was dismissed on

technical grounds, but appeals were made to the court of arches and the

court of delegates. Meanwhile Evanson had made his views generally known

by several publications. In 1772 appeared anonymously his _Doctrines of

a Trinity and the Incarnation of God, examined upon the Principles of

Reason and Common Sense_. This was followed in 1777 by _A Letter to Dr

Hurd, Bishop of Worcester, wherein the Importance of the Prophecies of

the New Testament and the Nature of the Grand Apostasy predicted in them

are particularly and impartially considered_. He also wrote some papers

on the Sabbath, which brought him into controversy with Joseph

Priestley, who published the whole discussion (1792). In the same year

appeared Evanson's work entitled _The Dissonance of the four generally

received Evangelists_, to which replies were published by Priestley and

David Simpson (1793). Evanson rejected most of the books of the New

Testament as forgeries, and of the four gospels he accepted only that of

St Luke. In his later years he ministered to a Unitarian congregation at

Lympston, Devonshire. In 1802 he published _Reflections upon the State

of Religion in Christendom_, in which he attempted to explain and

illustrate the mysterious foreshadowings of the Apocalypse. This he

considered the most important of his writings. Shortly before his death

at Colford, near Crediton, Devonshire, on the 25th of September 1805, he

completed his _Second Thoughts on the Trinity_, in reply to a work of

the bishop of Gloucester.

His sermons (prefaced by a Life by G. Rogers) were published in two

volumes in 1807, and were the occasion of T. Falconer's _Bampton

Lectures_ in 1811. A narrative of the circumstances which led to the

prosecution of Evanson was published by N. Havard, the town-clerk of

Tewkesbury, in 1778.

EVANSTON, a city of Cook county, Illinois, U.S.A., on the shore of Lake

Michigan, 12 m. N. of Chicago. Pop. (1900) 19,259, of whom 4441 were

foreign-born; (1910 U.S. census) 24,978. It is served by the Chicago &

North-Western, and the Chicago, Milwaukee & St Paul railways, and by two

electric lines. The city is an important residential suburb of Chicago.

In 1908 the Evanston public library had 41,430 volumes. In the city are

the College of Liberal Arts (1855), the Academy (1860), and the schools

of music (1895) and engineering (1908) of Northwestern University,

co-educational, chartered in 1851, opened in 1855, the largest school of

the Methodist Episcopal Church in America. In 1909-1910 it had

productive funds amounting to about $7,500,000, and, including all the

allied schools, a faculty of 418 instructors and 4487 students; its

schools of medicine (1869), law (1859), pharmacy (1886), commerce (1908)

and dentistry (1887) are in Chicago. In 1909 its library had 114,869

volumes and 79,000 pamphlets (exclusive of the libraries of the

professional schools in Chicago); and the Garrett Biblical Institute had

a library of 25,671 volumes and 4500 pamphlets. The university maintains

the Grand Prairie Seminary at Onarga, Iroquois county, and the Elgin

Academy at Elgin, Kane county. Enjoying the privileges of the

university, though actually independent of it, are the Garrett Biblical

Institute (Evanston Theological Seminary), founded in 1855, situated on

the university campus, and probably the best-endowed Methodist Episcopal

theological seminary in the United States, and affiliated with the

Institute, the Norwegian Danish Theological school; and the Swedish

Theological Seminary, founded at Galesburg in 1870, removed to Evanston

in 1882, and occupying buildings on the university campus until 1907,

when it removed to Orrington Avenue and Noyes Street. The Cumnock School

of Oratory, at Evanston, also co-operates with the university. By the

charter of the university the sale of intoxicating liquors is forbidden

within 4 m. of the university campus. The manufacturing importance of

the city is slight, but is rapidly increasing. The principal

manufactures are wrought iron and steel pipe, bakers' machinery and

bricks. In 1905 the value of the factory products was $2,550,529, being

an increase of 207.3% since 1900. In Evanston are the publishing offices

of the National Woman's Christian Temperance Union. Evanston was

incorporated as a town in 1863 and as a village in 1872, and was

chartered as a city in 1892. The villages of North Evanston and South

Evanston were annexed to Evanston in 1874 and 1892 respectively.

EVANSVILLE, a city and the county-seat of Vanderburg county, Indiana,

U.S.A., and a port of entry, on the N. bank of the Ohio river, 200 m.

below Louisville, Kentucky--measuring by the windings of the river,

which double the direct distance. Pop. (1890) 50,756; (1900) 59,007;

(1910 census) 69,647. Of the total population in 1900, 5518 were

negroes, 5626 were foreign-born (including 4380 from Germany and 384

from England), and 17,419 were of foreign parentage (both parents

foreign-born), and of these 13,910 were of German parentage. Evansville

is served by the Evansville & Terre Haute, the Evansville &

Indianapolis, the Illinois Central, the Louisville & Nashville, the

Louisville, Henderson & St Louis, and the Southern railways, by several

interurban electric lines, and by river steamboats. The city is situated

on a plateau above the river, and has a number of fine business and

public buildings, including the court house and city hall, the Southern

Indiana hospital for the insane, the United States marine hospital, and

the Willard library and art gallery, containing in 1908 about 30,000

volumes. The city's numerous railway connexions and its situation in a

coal-producing region (there are five mines within the city limits) and

on the Ohio river, which is navigable nearly all the year, combine to

make it the principal commercial and manufacturing centre of Southern

Indiana. It is in a tobacco-growing region, is one of the largest

hardwood lumber markets in the country, and has an important shipping

trade in pork, agricultural products, dried fruits, lime and limestone,

flour and tobacco. Among its manufactures in 1905 were flour and grist

mill products (value, $2,638,914), furniture ($1,655,246), lumber and

timber products ($1,229,533), railway cars ($1,118,376), packed meats

($998,428), woollen and cotton goods, cigars and cigarettes, malt

liquors, carriages and wagons, leather and canned goods. The value of

the factory products increased from $12,167,524 in 1900 to $19,201,716

in 1905, or 57.8%, and in the latter year Evansville ranked third among

the manufacturing cities in the state. The waterworks are owned and

operated by the city. First settled about 1812, Evansville was laid out

in 1817, and was named in honour of Robert Morgan Evans (1783-1844), one

of its founders, who was an officer under General W.H. Harrison in the

war of 1812. It soon became a thriving commercial town with an extensive

river trade, was incorporated in 1819, and received a city charter in

1847. The completion of the Wabash & Erie Canal, in 1853, from

Evansville to Toledo, Ohio, a distance of 400 m., greatly accelerated

the city's growth.

EVARISTUS, fourth pope (c. 98-105), was the immediate successor of

Clement.

EVARTS, WILLIAM MAXWELL (1818-1901), American lawyer, was born in Boston

on the 6th of February 1818. He graduated at Yale in 1837, was admitted

to the bar in New York in 1841, and soon took high rank in his

profession. In 1860 he was chairman of the New York delegation to the

Republican national convention. In 1861 he was an unsuccessful candidate

for the United States senatorship from New York. He was chief counsel

for President Johnson during the impeachment trial, and from July 1868

until March 1869 he was attorney-general of the United States. In 1872

he was counsel for the United States in the "Alabama" arbitration.

During President Hayes's administration (1877-1881) he was secretary of

state; and from 1885 to 1891 he was one of the senators from New York.

As an orator Senator Evarts stood in the foremost rank, and some of his

best speeches were published. He died in New York on the 28th of

February 1901.

EVE, the English transcription, through Lat. _Eva_ and Gr. [Greek: Eua],

of the Hebrew name [Hebrew: Hava] Havvah, given by Adam to his wife

because she was "mother of all living," or perhaps more strictly, "of

every group of those connected by female kinship" (see W.R. Smith,

_Kinship_, 2nd ed., p. 208), as if Eve were the personification of

mother-kinship, just as Adam ("man") is the personification of mankind.

[The abstract meaning "life" (LXX. [Greek: Zoe]), once favoured by

Robertson Smith, is at any rate unsuitable in a popular story.

Wellhausen and Noldeke would compare the Ar. _hayyatun_, "serpent," and

the former remarks that, if this is right, the Israelites received their

first ancestress from the Hivvites (Hivites), who were originally the

serpent-tribe (_Composition des Hexateuchs_, p. 343; cf. _Reste

arabischen Heidentums_, 2nd ed., p. 154). Cheyne, too, assumes a common

origin for Havvah and the Hivvites.]

Creation of Eve.

[The account of the origin of Eve (Gen. iii. 21-23) runs thus: "And

Yahweh-Elohim caused a deep sleep to fall upon the man, and he slept.

And he took one of his ribs, and closed up the flesh in its stead, and

the rib which Yahweh-Elohim had taken from the man he built up into a

woman, and he brought her to the man." Enchanted at the sight, the man

now burst out into elevated, rhythmic speech: "This one," he said, "at

length is bone of my bone and flesh of my flesh," &c.; to which the

narrator adds the comment, "Therefore doth a man forsake his father and

his mother, and cleave to his wife, and they become one flesh (body)."

Whether this comment implies the existence of the custom of _beena_,

marriage (W.R. Smith, _Kinship_, 2nd ed., p. 208), seems doubtful. It is

at least equally possible that the expression "his wife" simply reflects

the fact that among ordinary Israelites circumstances had quite

naturally brought about the prevalence of monogamy.[1] What the narrator

gives is not a doctrine of marriage, much less a precept, but an

explanation of a simple and natural phenomenon. How is it, he asks, that

a man is so irresistibly drawn towards a woman? And he answers: Because

the first woman was built up out of a rib of the first man. At the same

time it is plain that the already existing tendency towards monogamy

must have been powerfully assisted by this presentation of Eve's story

as well as by the prophetic descriptions of Yahweh's relation to Israel

under the figure of a monogamous union.]

New Testament application.

[The narrator is no rhetorician, and spares us a description of the

ideal woman. But we know that, for Adam, his strangely produced wife was

a "help (or helper) matching or corresponding to him"; or, as the

Authorized Version puts it, "a help meet for him" (ii. 18b). This does

not, of course, exclude subordination on the part of the woman; what is

excluded is that exaggeration of natural subordination which the

narrator may have found both in his own and in the neighbouring

countries, and which he may have regarded as (together with the pains of

parturition) the punishment of the woman's transgression (Gen. iii. 16).

His own ideal of woman seems to have made its way in Palestine by slow

degrees. An apocryphal book (Tobit viii. 6, 7) seems to contain the only

reference to the section till we come to the time of Christ, to whom the

comment in Gen. ii. 24 supplies the text for an authoritative

prohibition of divorce, which presupposes and sanctifies monogamy (Matt.

x. 7, 8; Matt. xix. 5). For other New Testament applications of the

story of Eve see 1 Cor. xi. 8, 9 (especially); 2 Cor. xi. 3; 1 Tim. ii.

13, 14; and in general cf. ADAM, and _Ency. Biblica_, "Adam and Eve."]

Imaginative or legendary developments.

[The seeming omissions in the Biblical narrative have been filled up by

imaginative Jewish writers.] The earliest source which remains to us is

the Book of Jubilees, or Leptogenesis, a Palestinian work (referred by

R.H. Charles to the century immediately preceding the Christian era; see

APOCALYPTIC LITERATURE). In this book, which was largely used by

Christian writers, we find a chronology of the lives of Adam and Eve and

the names of their daughters--Avan and Azura.[2] The Targum of Jonathan

informs us that Eve was created from the thirteenth rib of Adam's right

side, thus taking the view that Adam had a rib more than his

descendants. Some of the Jewish legends show clear marks of foreign

influence. Thus the notion that the first man was a double being,

afterwards separated into the two persons of Adam and Eve (_Berachot_,

61; _Erubin_, 18), may be traced back to Philo (_De mundi opif._ S53;

cf. _Quaest. in Gen._ lib. i. S25), who borrows the idea, and almost the

words, of the myth related by Aristophanes in the Platonic _Symposium_

(189 D, 190 A), which, in extravagant form, explains the passion of love

by the legend that male and female originally formed one body.

[A recent critic[3] (F. Schwally) even holds that this notion was

originally expressed in the account of the creation of man in Gen. i.

27. This involves a textual emendation, and one must at least admit that

the present text is not without difficulty, and that Berossus refers to

the existence of primeval monstrous androgynous beings according to

Babylonian mythology.] There is an analogous Iranian legend of the true

man, which parted into man and woman in the Bundahish[4] (the Parsi

Genesis), and an Indian legend, which, according to Spiegel, has

presumably an Iranian source.[5]

Course of Jewish and Christian interpretation.

[It has been remarked elsewhere (ADAM, S16) that though the later Jews

gathered material for thought very widely, such guidance as they

required in theological reflection was mainly derived from Greek

culture. What, for instance, was to be made of such a story as that in

Gen. ii.-iv.? To "minds trained under the influence of the Jewish

Haggada, in which the whole Biblical history is freely intermixed with

legendary and parabolic matter," the question as to the literal truth of

that story could hardly be formulated. It is otherwise when the Greek

leaven begins to work.]

Josephus, in the prologue to his _Archaeology_, reserves the problem of

the true meaning of the Mosaic narrative, but does not regard everything

as strictly literal. Philo, the great representative of Alexandrian

allegory, expressly argues that in the nature of things the trees of

life and knowledge cannot be taken otherwise than symbolically. His

interpretation of the creation of Eve is, as has been already observed,

plainly suggested by a Platonic myth. The longing for reunion which love

implants in the divided halves of the original dual man is the source of

sensual pleasure (symbolized by the serpent), which in turn is the

beginning of all transgression. Eve represents the sensuous or

perceptive part of man's nature, Adam the reason. The serpent,

therefore, does not venture to attack Adam directly. It is sense which

yields to pleasure, and in turn enslaves the reason and destroys its

immortal virtue. This exposition, in which the elements of the Bible

narrative become mere symbols of the abstract notions of Greek

philosophy, and are adapted to Greek conceptions of the origin of evil

in the material and sensuous part of man, was adopted into Christian

theology by Clement and Origen, notwithstanding its obvious

inconsistency with the Pauline anthropology, and the difficulty which

its supporters felt in reconciling it with the Christian doctrine of the

excellence of the married state (Clemens Alex. _Stromata_, p. 174).

These difficulties had more weight with the Western church, which, less

devoted to speculative abstractions and more deeply influenced by the

Pauline anthropology, refused, especially since Augustine, to reduce

Paradise and the fall to the region of pure _intelligibilia_; though a

spiritual sense was admitted along with the literal (Aug. _Civ. Dei_,

xiii. 21).[6]

The history of Adam and Eve became the basis of anthropological

discussions which acquired more than speculative importance from their

connexion with the doctrine of original sin and the meaning of the

sacrament of baptism. One or two points in Augustinian teaching may be

here mentioned as having to do particularly with Eve. The question

whether the soul of Eve was derived from Adam or directly infused by the

Creator is raised as an element in the great problem of traducianism and

creationism (_De Gen. ad lit._ lib. x.). And it is from Augustine that

Milton derives the idea that Adam sinned, not from desire for the

forbidden fruit, but because love forbade him to dissociate his fate

from Eve's (_ibid._ lib. xi. _sub fin._). Medieval discussion moved

mainly in the lines laid down by Augustine. A sufficient sample of the

way in which the subject was treated by the schoolmen may be found in

the _Summa_ of Thomas, pars i. qu. xcii. _De productione mulieris_.

The Reformers, always hostile to allegory, and in this matter especially

influenced by the Augustinian anthropology, adhered strictly to the

literal interpretation of the history of the Protoplasts, which has

continued to be generally identified with Protestant orthodoxy. The

disintegration of the confessional doctrine of sin in last century was

naturally associated with new theories of the meaning of the biblical

narrative; but neither renewed forms of the allegorical interpretation,

in which everything is reduced to abstract ideas about reason and

sensuality, nor the attempts of Eichhorn and others to extract a kernel

of simple history by allowing largely for the influence of poetical form

in so early a narrative, have found lasting acceptance. On the other

hand, the strict historical interpretation is beset with difficulties

which modern interpreters have felt with increasing force, and which

there is a growing disposition to solve by adopting in one or other form

what is called the _mythical_ theory of the narrative. But

interpretations pass under this now popular title which have no real

claim to be so designated. What is common to the "mythical"

interpretations is to find the real value of the narrative, not in the

form of the story, but in the thoughts which it embodies. But the story

cannot be called a myth in the strict sense of the word, unless we are

prepared to place it on one line with the myths of heathenism, produced

by the unconscious play of plastic fancy, giving shape to the

impressions of natural phenomena on primitive observers. Such a theory

does no justice to a narrative which embodies profound truths peculiar

to the religion of revelation. Other forms of the so-called mythical

interpretation are little more than abstract allegory in a new guise,

ignoring the fact that the biblical story does not teach general truths

which repeat themselves in every individual, but gives a view of the

purpose of man's creation, and of the origin of sin, in connexion with

the divine plan of redemption. Among his other services in refutation of

the unhistorical rationalism of last century, Kant has the merit of

having forcibly recalled attention to the fact that the narrative of

Genesis, even if we do not take it literally, must be regarded as

presenting a view of the beginnings of the history of the human race

(_Muthmasslicher Anfang der Menschengeschichte_, 1786) Those who

recognize this fact ought not to call themselves or be called by others

adherents of the mythical theory, although they also recognize that in

the nature of things the divine truths brought out in the history of the

creation and fall could not have been expressed either in the form of

literal history or in the shape of abstract metaphysical doctrine; or

even although they may hold--as is done by many who accept the narrative

as a part of supernatural revelation--that the specific biblical truths

which the narrative conveys are presented through the vehicle of a story

which, at least in some of its parts, may possibly be shaped by the

influence of legends common to the Hebrews with their heathen

neighbours. (W. R. S.; [T. K. C.])

FOOTNOTES:

[1] That polygamy had not become morally objectionable is shown by

the stories of Lamech, Abraham and Jacob.

[2] See West's authoritative translation in _Pahlavi Texts_ (Sacred

Books of the East).

[3] "Die bibl. Schopfungsberichte" (_Archiv fur

Religionswissenschaft_, ix. 171 ff.).

[4] Spiegel, _Eranische Alterthumskunde_, i. 511.

[5] Muir, _Sanscrit Texts_, vol. i. p. 25; cf. Spiegel, vol. i. p.

458.

[6] Thus in medieval theology Eve is a type of the church, and her

formation from the rib has a mystic reason, inasmuch as blood and

water (the sacraments of the church) flowed from the side of Christ

on the cross (Thomas, _Summa_, par. i. qu. xcii.).

EVECTION (Latin for "carrying away"), in astronomy, the largest

inequality produced by the action of the sun in the monthly revolution

of the moon around the earth. The deviation expressed by it has a

maximum amount of about 1 deg. 15' in either direction. It may be

considered as arising from a semi-annual variation in the eccentricity

of the moon's orbit and the position of its perigee. It was discovered

by Ptolemy.

EVELETH, a city of St Louis county, Minnesota, U.S.A., about 71 m.

N.N.W. of Duluth. Pop. (1900) 2752; (1905, state census) 5332, of whom

2975 were foreign-born (1145 Finns, 676 Austrians and 325 Swedes);

(1910) 7036. Eveleth is served by the Duluth, Missabe & Northern and the

Duluth & Iron Range railways. It lies in the midst of the great red and

brown hematite iron-ore deposits of the Mesabi Range--the richest in the

Lake Superior district--and the mining and shipping of this ore are its

principal industries. The municipality owns and operates the

water-works, the water being obtained from Lake Saint Mary, one of a

chain of small lakes lying S. of the city. Eveleth was first chartered

as a city in 1902.

EVELYN, JOHN (1620-1706), English diarist, was born at Wotton House,

near Dorking, Surrey, on the 31st of October 1620. He was the younger

son of Richard Evelyn, who owned large estates in the county, and was in

1633 high sheriff of Surrey and Sussex. When John Evelyn was five years

old he went to live with his mother's parents at Cliffe, near Lewes. He

refused to leave his "too indulgent" grandmother for Eton, and when on

her husband's death she married again, the boy went with her to

Southover, where he attended the free school of the place. He was

admitted to the Middle Temple in February 1637, and in May he became a

fellow commoner of Balliol College, Oxford. He left the university

without taking a degree, and in 1640 was residing in the Middle Temple.

In that year his father died, and in July 1641 he crossed to Holland. He

was enrolled as a volunteer in Apsley's company, then encamped before

Genep on the Waal, but his commission was apparently complimentary, his

military experience being limited to six days of camp life, during

which, however, he took his turn at "trailing a pike." He returned in

the autumn to find England on the verge of civil war. Evelyn's part in

the conflict is best told in his own words:--

"12th November was the battle of Brentford, surprisingly fought.... I

came in with my horse and arms just at the retreat; but was not

permitted to stay longer than the 15th by reason of the army marching

to Gloucester; which would have left both me and my brothers exposed

to ruin, without any advantage to his Majesty ... and on the 10th

[December] returned to Wotton, nobody knowing of my having been in his

Majesty's army."

At Wotton he employed himself in improving his brother's property,

making a fishpond, an island and other alterations in the gardens. But

he found it difficult to avoid taking a side; he was importuned to sign

the Covenant, and "finding it impossible to evade doing very unhandsome

things," he obtained leave in October 1643 from the king to travel

abroad. From this date his _Diary_ becomes full and interesting. He

travelled in France and visited the cities of Italy, returning in the

autumn of 1646 to Paris, where he became intimate with Sir Richard

Browne, the English resident at the court of France. In June of the

following year he married Browne's daughter and heiress, Mary, then a

child of not more than twelve years of age. Leaving his wife in the

care of her parents, he returned to England to settle his affairs. He

visited Charles I. at Hampton Court in 1647, and during the next two

years maintained a cipher correspondence with his father-in-law in the

royal interest. In 1649 he obtained a pass to return to Paris, but in

1650 paid a short visit to England. The defeat of Charles II. at

Worcester in 1651 convinced him that the royalist cause was hopeless,

and he decided to return to England. He went in 1652 to Sayes Court at

Deptford, a house which Sir Richard Browne had held on a lease from the

crown. This had been seized by the parliament, but Evelyn was able to

compound with the occupiers for L3500, and after the Restoration his

possession was secured. Here his wife joined him, their eldest son,

Richard, being born in August 1652. Under the Commonwealth Evelyn amused

himself with his favourite occupation of gardening, and made many

friends among the scientific inquirers of the time. He was one of the

promoters of the scheme for the Royal Society, and in the king's charter

in 1662 was nominated a member of its directing council. Meanwhile he

had refused employment from the government of the Commonwealth, and had

maintained a cipher correspondence with Charles. In 1659 he published an

_Apology for the Royal Party_, and in December of that year he vainly

tried to persuade Colonel Herbert Morley, then lieutenant of the Tower,

to forestall General Monk by declaring for the king. From the

Restoration onwards Evelyn enjoyed unbroken court favour till his death

in 1706; but he never held any important political office, although he

filled many useful and often laborious minor posts. He was commissioner

for improving the streets and buildings of London, for examining into

the affairs of charitable foundations, commissioner of the Mint, and of

foreign plantations. In 1664 he accepted the responsibility for the care

of the sick and wounded and the prisoners in the Dutch war. He stuck to

his post throughout the plague year, contenting himself with sending his

family away to Wotton. He found it impossible to secure sufficient money

for the proper discharge of his functions, and in 1688 he was still

petitioning for payment of his accounts in this business. Evelyn was

secretary of the Royal Society in 1672, and as an enthusiastic promoter

of its interests was twice (in 1682 and 1691) offered the presidency.

Through his influence Henry Howard, duke of Norfolk, was induced to

present the Arundel marbles to the university of Oxford (1667) and the

valuable Arundel library to Gresham College (1678). In the reign of

James II., during the earl of Clarendon's absence in Ireland, he acted

as one of the commissioners of the privy seal. He was seriously alarmed

by the king's attacks on the English Church, and refused on two

occasions to license the illegal sale of Roman Catholic literature. He

concurred in the revolution of 1688, in 1695 was entrusted with the

office of treasurer of Greenwich hospital for old sailors, and laid the

first stone of the new building on the 30th of June 1696. In 1694 he

left Sayes Court to live at Wotton with his brother, whose heir he had

become, and whom he actually succeeded in 1699. He spent the rest of his

life there, dying on the 27th of February 1706. Evelyn's house at Sayes

Court had been let to Captain, afterwards Admiral John Benbow, who was

not a "polite" tenant. He sublet it to Peter the Great, who was then

visiting the dockyard at Deptford. The tsar did great damage to Evelyn's

beautiful gardens, and, it is said, made it one of his amusements to

ride in a wheelbarrow along a thick holly hedge planted especially by

the owner. The house was subsequently used as a workhouse, and is now

alms-houses, the grounds having been converted into public gardens by Mr

Evelyn in 1886.

It will be seen that Evelyn's politics were not of the heroic order. But

he was honourable and consistent in his adherence to the monarchical

principle throughout his life. With the court of Charles II. he could

have had no sympathy, his dignified domestic life and his serious

attention to religion standing in the strongest contrast with the

profligacy of the royal surroundings. His _Diary_ is therefore a

valuable chronicle of contemporary events from the standpoint of a

moderate politician and a devout adherent of the Church of England. He

had none of Pepys's love of gossip, and was devoid of his all-embracing

curiosity, as of his diverting frankness of self-revelation. Both were

admirable civil servants, and they had a mutual admiration for each

other's sterling qualities. Evelyn's _Diary_ covers more than half a

century (1640-1706) crowded with remarkable events, while Pepys only

deals with a few years of Charles II.'s reign.

Evelyn was a generous art patron, and Grinling Gibbons was introduced by

him to the notice of Charles II. His domestic affections were very

strong. He had six sons, of whom John (1655-1699), the author of some

translations, alone reached manhood. He has left a pathetic account of

the extraordinary accomplishments of his son Richard, who died before he

was six years old, and of a daughter Mary, who lived to be twenty, and

probably wrote most of her father's _Mundus muliebris_ (1690). Of his

two other daughters, Susannah, who married William Draper of Addiscombe,

Surrey, survived him.

Evelyn's _Diary_ remained in MS. until 1818. It is in a quarto volume

containing 700 pages, covering the years between 1641 and 1697, and is

continued in a smaller book which brings the narrative down to within

three weeks of its author's death. A selection from this was edited by

William Bray, with the permission of the Evelyn family, in 1818, under

the title of _Memoirs illustrative of the Life and Writings of John

Evelyn, comprising his Diary from 1641 to 1705/6, and a Selection of

his Familiar Letters_. Other editions followed, the most notable being

those of Mr H.B. Wheatley (1879) and Mr Austin Dobson (3 vols., 1906).

Evelyn's active mind produced many other works, and although these

have been overshadowed by the famous _Diary_ they are of considerable

interest. They include: _Of Liberty and Servitude_ ... (1649), a

translation from the French of Francois de la Mothe le Vayer, Evelyn's

own copy of which contains a note that he was "like to be call'd in

question by the Rebells for this booke"; _The State of France, as it

stood in the IXth year of ... Louis XIII._ (1652); _An Essay on the

First Book of T. Lucretius Carus de Rerum Natura_. _Interpreted and

made English verse by J. Evelyn_ (1656); _The Golden Book of St John

Chrysostom, concerning the Education of Children_. _Translated out of

the Greek by J.E._ (printed 1658, dated 1659); _The French Gardener:

instructing how to cultivate all sorts of Fruit-trees_ ... (1658),

translated from the French of N. de Bonnefons; _A Character of

England_ ... (1659), describing the customs of the country as they

would appear to a foreign observer, reprinted in _Somers' Tracts_ (ed.

Scott, 1812), and in the _Harleian Miscellany_ (ed. Park, 1813); _The

Late News from Brussels unmasked_ ... (1660), in answer to a libellous

pamphlet on Charles I. by Marchmont Needham; _Fumifugium, or the

inconvenience of the Aer and Smoak of London dissipated_ (1661), in

which he suggested that sweet-smelling trees should be planted in

London to purify the air; _Instructions concerning erecting of a

Library_ ... (1661), from the French of Gabriel Naude; _Tyrannus or

the Mode, in a Discourse of Sumptuary Laws_ (1661); _Sculptura: or the

History and Art of Chalcography and Engraving in Copper_ ... (1662);

_Sylva, or a Discourse of Forest Trees ... to which is annexed Pomona

... Also Kalendarium Hortense_ ... (1664); _A Parallel of the Ancient

Architecture with the Modern_ ... (1664), from the French of Roland

Freart; _The History of the three late famous Imposters, viz. Padre

Ottomano, Mahomed Bei, and Sabatei Sevi_ ... (1669); _Navigation and

Commerce ... in which his Majesties title to the Dominion of the Sea

is asserted against the Novel and later Pretenders_ (1674), which is a

preface to a projected history of the Dutch wars undertaken at the

request of Charles II., but countermanded on the conclusion of peace;

_A Philosophical Discourse of Earth_ ... (1676), a treatise on

horticulture, better known by its later title of _Terra_; _The

Compleat Gardener_ ... (1693), from the French of J. de la Quintinie;

_Numismata_ ... (1697). Some of these were reprinted in _The

Miscellaneous Writings of John Evelyn_, edited (1825) by William

Upcott. Evelyn's friendship with Mary Blagge, afterwards Mrs

Godolphin, is recorded in the diary, when he says he designed "to

consecrate her worthy life to posterity." This he effectually did in a

little masterpiece of religious biography which remained in MS. in the

possession of the Harcourt family until it was edited by Samuel

Wilberforce, bishop of Oxford, as the _Life of Mrs Godolphin_ (1847),

reprinted in the "King's Classics" (1904). The picture of Mistress

Blagge's saintly life at court is heightened in interest when read in

connexion with the scandalous memoirs of the comte de Gramont, or

contemporary political satires on the court. Numerous other papers and

letters of Evelyn on scientific subjects and matters of public

interest are preserved, a collection of private and official letters

and papers (1642-1712) by, or addressed to, Sir Richard Browne and his

son-in-law being in the British Museum (_Add. MSS._ 15857 and 15858).

Next to the _Diary_ Evelyn's most valuable work is _Sylva_. By the

glass factories and iron furnaces the country was being rapidly

depleted of wood, while no attempt was being made to replace the

damage by planting. Evelyn put in a plea for afforestation, and

besides producing a valuable work on arboriculture, he was able to

assert in his preface to the king that he had really induced

landowners to plant many millions of trees.

EVERDINGEN, ALLART VAN (1621-?1675), Dutch painter and engraver, the son

of a government clerk at Alkmaar, was born, it is said, in 1621, and

educated, if we believe an old tradition, under Roeland Savery at

Utrecht. He wandered in 1645 to Haarlem, where he studied under Peter de

Molyn, and finally settled about 1657 at Amsterdam, where he remained

till his death. It would be difficult to find a greater contrast than

that which is presented by the works of Savery and Everdingen. Savery

inherited the gaudy style of the Breughels, which he carried into the

17th century; whilst Everdingen realized the large and effective system

of coloured and powerfully shaded landscape which marks the precursors

of Rembrandt. It is not easy on this account to believe that Savery was

Everdingen's master, while it is quite within the range of probability

that he acquired the elements of landscape painting from de Molyn.

Pieter de Molyn, by birth a Londoner, lived from 1624 till 1661 in

Haarlem. He went periodically on visits to Norway, and his works, though

scarce, exhibit a broad and sweeping mode of execution, differing but

slightly from that transferred at the opening of the 17th century from

Jan van Goyen to Solomon Ruysdael. His etchings have nearly the breadth

and effect of those of Everdingen. It is still an open question when de

Molyn wielded influence on his clever disciple. Alkmaar, a busy trading

place near the Texel, had little of the picturesque for an artist except

polders and downs or waves and sky. Accordingly we find Allart at first

a painter of coast scenery. But on one of his expeditions he is said to

have been cast ashore in Norway, and during the repairs of his ship he

visited the inland valleys, and thus gave a new course to his art. In

early pieces he cleverly represents the sea in motion under varied, but

mostly clouded, aspects of sky. Their general intonation is strong and

brown, and effects are rendered in a powerful key, but the execution is

much more uniform than that of Jacob Ruysdael. A dark scud lowering on a

rolling sea near the walls of Flushing characterizes Everdingen's "Mouth

of the Schelde" in the Hermitage at St Petersburg. Storm is the marked

feature of sea-pieces in the Staedel or Robartes collections; and a

strand with wreckers at the foot of a cliff in the Munich Pinakothek may

be a reminiscence of personal adventure in Norway. But the Norwegian

coast was studied in calms as well as in gales; and a fine canvas at

Munich shows fishermen on a still and sunny day taking herrings to a

smoking hut at the foot of a Norwegian crag. The earliest of

Everdingen's sea-pieces bears the date of 1640. After 1645 we meet with

nothing but representations of inland scenery, and particularly of

Norwegian valleys, remarkable alike for wildness and a decisive depth of

tone. The master's favourite theme is a fall in a glen, with mournful

fringes of pines interspersed with birch, and log-huts at the base of

rocks and craggy slopes. The water tumbles over the foreground, so as to

entitle the painter to the name of "inventor of cascades." It gives

Everdingen his character as a precursor of Jacob Ruysdael in a certain

form of landscape composition; but though very skilful in arrangement

and clever in effects, Everdingen remains much more simple in execution;

he is much less subtle in feeling or varied in touch than his great and

incomparable countryman. Five of Everdingen's cascades are in the museum

of Copenhagen alone: of these, one is dated 1647, another 1649. In the

Hermitage at St Petersburg is a fine example of 1647; another in the

Pinakothek at Munich was finished in 1656. English public galleries

ignore Everdingen; but one of his best-known masterpieces is the

Norwegian glen belonging to Lord Listowel. Of his etchings and drawings

there are much larger and more numerous specimens in England than

elsewhere. Being a collector as well as an engraver and painter, he

brought together a large number of works of all kinds and masters; and

the sale of these by his heirs at Amsterdam on the 11th of March 1676

gives an approximate clue to the date of the painter's death.

His two brothers, Jan and Caesar, were both painters. CAESAR VAN

EVERDINGEN (1606-1679), mainly known as a portrait painter, enjoyed some

vogue during his life, and many of his pictures are to be seen in the

museums and private houses of Holland. They show a certain cleverness,

but are far from entitling him to rank as a master.

EVEREST, SIR GEORGE (1790-1866), British surveyor and geographer, was

the son of Tristram Everest of Gwerndale, Brecknockshire, and was born

there on the 4th of July 1790. From school at Marlow he proceeded to the

military academy at Woolwich, where he attracted the special notice of

the mathematical master, and passed so well in his examinations that he

was declared fit for a commission before attaining the necessary age.

Having gone to India in 1806 as a cadet in the Bengal Artillery, he was

selected by Sir Stamford Raffles to take part in the reconnaissance of

Java (1814-1816); and after being employed in various engineering works

throughout India, he was appointed in 1818 assistant to Colonel Lambton,

the founder of the great trigonometrical survey of that country. In

1823, on Colonel Lambton's death, he succeeded to the post of

superintendent of the survey; in 1830 he was appointed by the court of

directors of the East India Company surveyor-general of India; and from

that date till his retirement from the service in 1843 he continued to

discharge the laborious duties of both offices. During the rest of his

life he resided in England, where he became fellow of the Royal Society

and an active member of several other scientific associations. In 1861

he was made a C.B. and received the honour of knighthood, and in 1862 he

was chosen vice-president of the Royal Geographical Society. He died at

Greenwich on the 1st of December 1866. The geodetical labours of Sir

George Everest rank among the finest achievements of their kind; and

more especially his measurement of the meridional arc of India, 11-1/2

deg. in length, is accounted as unrivalled in the annals of the science.

In

great part the Indian survey is what he made it.

His works are purely professional:--A paper in vol. i. of the _Memoirs

of the Royal Astronomical Society_, pointing out a mistake in La

Caille's measurement of an arc of the meridian which he had discovered

during sick-leave at the Cape of Good Hope; _An account of the

measurement of the arc of the meridian between the parallels of 18

deg. 3' and 24 deg. 7', being a continuation of the Grand Meridional

Arc of India, as detailed by Lieut.-Col. Lambton in the volumes of the

Asiatic Society of Calcutta_ (London, 1830); _An account of the

measurement of two sections of the Meridional Arc of India bounded by

the parallels of 18 deg. 3' 15", 24 deg. 7' 11", and 20 deg. 30' 48"_

(London, 1847).

EVEREST, MOUNT, the highest mountain in the world. It is a peak of the

Himalayas situated in Nepal almost precisely on the intersection of the

meridian 87 E. long. with the parallel 28 N. lat. Its elevation as at

present determined by trigonometrical observation is 29,002 ft., but it

is possible that further investigation into the value of refraction at

such altitudes will result in placing the summit even higher. It has

been confused with a peak to the west of it called Gaurisankar (by

Schlagintweit), which is more than 5000 ft. lower; but the observations

of Captain Wood from peaks near Khatmandu, in Nepal, and those of the

same officer, and of Major Ryder, from the route between Lhasa and the

sources of the Brahmaputra in 1904, have definitely fixed the relative

position of the two mountain masses, and conclusively proved that there

is no higher peak than Everest in the Himalayan system. The peak

possesses no distinctive native name and has been called Everest after

Sir George Everest (q.v.), who completed the trigonometrical survey of

the Himalayas in 1841 and first fixed its position and altitude.

(T. H. H.*)

EVERETT, ALEXANDER HILL (1790-1847), American author and diplomatist,

was born in Boston, Massachusetts, on the 19th of March 1790. He was the

son of Rev. Oliver Everett (1753-1802), a Congregational minister in

Boston, and the brother of Edward Everett. He graduated at Harvard in

1806, taking the highest honours of his year, though the youngest member

of his class. He spent one year as a teacher in Phillips Academy,

Exeter, New Hampshire, and then began the study of law in the office of

John Quincy Adams. In 1809 Adams was appointed minister to Russia, and

Everett accompanied him as his private secretary, remaining attached to

the American legation in Russia until 1811. He was secretary of the

American legation at The Hague in 1815-1816, and _charge d'affaires_

there from 1818 to 1824. From 1825 to 1829, during the presidency of

John Quincy Adams, he was the United States minister to Spain. At that

time Spain recognized none of the governments established by her

revolted colonies, and Everett became the medium of all communications

between the Spanish government and the several nations of Spanish origin

which had been established, by successful revolutions, on the other side

of the ocean. Everett was a member of the Massachusetts legislature in

1830-1835, was president of Jefferson College in Louisiana in 1842-1844,

and was appointed commissioner of the United States to China in 1845,

but did not go to that country until the following year, and died on the

29th of May 1847 at Canton, China. Everett, however, is known rather as

a man of letters than as a diplomat. In addition to numerous articles,

published chiefly in the _North American Review_, of which he was the

editor from 1829 to 1835, he wrote: _Europe, or a General Survey of the

Political Situation of the Principal Powers, with Conjectures on their

Future Prospects_ (1822), which attracted considerable attention in

Europe and was translated into German, French and Spanish; _New Ideas on

Population_ (1822); _America, or a General Survey of the Political

Situation of the Several Powers of the Western Continent, with

Conjectures on their Future Prospects_ (1827), which was translated into

several European languages; a volume of _Poems_ (1845); and _Critical

and Miscellaneous Essays_ (first series, 1845; second series, 1847).

EVERETT, CHARLES CARROLL (1829-1900), American divine and philosopher,

was born on the 19th of June 1829, at Brunswick, Maine. He studied at

Bowdoin College, where he graduated in 1850, after which he proceeded to

Berlin. Subsequently he took a degree in divinity at the Harvard

Divinity School. From 1859 to 1869 he was pastor of the Independent

Congregational (Unitarian) church at Bangor, Maine. This charge he

resigned to take the Bussey professorship of theology at Harvard

University, and, in 1878, became dean of the faculty of theology.

Interested in a variety of subjects, he devoted himself chiefly to the

philosophy of religion, and published _The Science of Thought_ (Boston,

1869; revised 1891). He also wrote _Fichte's Science of Knowledge_

(1884); _Poetry, Comedy and Duty_ (1888); _Religions before

Christianity_ (1883); _Ethics for Young People_ (1891); _The Gospel of

Paul_ (1892). He died at Cambridge on the 16th of October 1900.

EVERETT, EDWARD (1794-1865), American statesman and orator, was born in

Dorchester, Massachusetts, on the 11th of April 1794. He was the son of

Rev. Oliver Everett and the brother of Alexander Hill Everett (q.v.).

His father died in 1802, and his mother removed to Boston with her

family after her husband's death. At seventeen Edward Everett graduated

from Harvard College, taking first honours in his class. While at

college he was the chief editor of _The Lyceum_, the earliest in the

series of college journals published at the American Cambridge. His

earlier predilections were for the study of law, but the advice of

Joseph Stevens Buckminster, a distinguished preacher in Boston, led him

to prepare for the pulpit, and as a preacher he at once distinguished

himself. He was called to the ministry of the Brattle Street church

(Unitarian) in Boston before he was twenty years old. His sermons

attracted wide attention in that community, and he gained a considerable

reputation as a theologian and a controversialist by his publication in

1814 of a volume entitled _Defence of Christianity_, written in answer

to a work, _The Grounds of Christianity Examined_ (1813), by George

Bethune English (1787-1828), an adventurer, who, born in Cambridge,

Massachusetts, was in turn a student of law and of theology, an editor

of a newspaper, and a soldier of fortune in Egypt. Everett's tastes,

however, were then, as always, those of a scholar; and in 1815, after a

service of little more than a year in the pulpit, he resigned his charge

to accept a professorship of Greek literature in Harvard College.

After nearly five years spent in Europe in preparation, he entered with

enthusiasm on his duties, and, for five years more, gave a vigorous

impulse, not only to the study of Greek, but to all the work of the

college. In January 1820 he assumed the charge of the _North American

Review_, which now became a quarterly; and he was indefatigable during

the four years of his editorship in contributing on a great variety of

subjects. From 1825 to 1835 he was a member of the National House of

Representatives, supporting generally the administration of President

J.Q. Adams and opposing that of Jackson, which succeeded it. He bore a

part in almost every important debate, and was a member of the committee

of foreign affairs during the whole time of his service in Congress.

Everett was a member of nearly all the most important select committees,

such as those on the Indian relations of the state of Georgia, the

Apportionment Bill, and the Bank of the United States, and drew the

report either of the majority or the minority. The report on the

congress of Panama, the leading measure of the first session of the

Nineteenth Congress, was drawn up by Everett, although he was the

youngest member of the committee and had just entered Congress. He led

the unsuccessful opposition to the Indian policy of General Jackson (the

removal of the Cherokee and other Indians, without their consent, from

lands guaranteed to them by treaty).

In 1835 he was elected governor of Massachusetts. He brought to the

duties of the office the untiring diligence which was the characteristic

of his public life. We can only allude to a few of the measures which

received his efficient support, e.g. the establishment of the board of

education (the first of such boards in the United States), the

scientific surveys of the state (the first of such public surveys), the

criminal law commission, and the preservation of a sound currency during

the panic of 1837.

Everett filled the office of governor for four years, and was then

defeated by a single vote, out of more than one hundred thousand. The

election is of interest historically as being the first important

American election where the issue turned on the question of the

prohibition of the retail sale of intoxicating liquors. In the following

spring he made a visit with his family to Europe. In 1841, while

residing in Florence, he was named United States minister to Great

Britain, and arrived in London to enter upon the duties of his mission

at the close of that year. Great questions were at that time open

between the two countries--the north-eastern boundary, the affair of

M'Leod, the seizure of American vessels on the coast of Africa, in the

course of a few months the affair of the "Creole," to which was soon

added the Oregon question. His position was more difficult by reason of

the frequent changes that took place in the department at home, which,

in the course of four years, was occupied successively by Messrs

Webster, Legare, Upshur, Calhoun and Buchanan. From all these gentlemen

Everett received marks of approbation and confidence.

By the institution of the special mission of Lord Ashburton, however,

the direct negotiations between the two governments were, about the time

of Everett's arrival in London, transferred to Washington, though much

business was transacted at the American legation in London.

Immediately after the accession of Polk to the presidency Everett was

recalled. From January 1846 to 1849, as the successor of Josiah Quincy,

he was president of Harvard College. On the death, in October 1852, of

his friend Daniel Webster, to whom he had always been closely attached,

and of whom he was always a confidential adviser, he succeeded him as

secretary of state, which post he held for the remaining months of

Fillmore's administration, leaving it to go into the Senate in 1853, as

one of the representatives of Massachusetts. Under the work of the long

session of 1853-1854 his health gave way. In May 1854 he resigned his

seat, on the orders of his physician, and retired to what was called

private life.

But, as it proved, the remaining ten years of his life most widely

established his reputation and influence throughout America. As early as

1820 he had established a reputation as an orator, such as few men in

later days have enjoyed. He was frequently invited to deliver an

"oration" on some topic of historical or other interest. With him these

"orations," instead of being the ephemeral entertainments of an hour,

became careful studies of some important theme. Eager to avert, if

possible, the impending conflict of arms between the North and South,

Everett prepared an "oration" on George Washington, which he delivered

in every part of America. In this way, too, he raised more than one

hundred thousand dollars, for the purchase of the old home of Washington

at Mount Vernon. Everett also prepared for the _Encyclopaedia

Britannica_ a biographical sketch of Washington, which was published

separately in 1860. In 1860 Everett was the candidate of the short-lived

Constitutional-Union party for the vice-presidency, on the ticket with

John Bell (q.v.), but received only 39 electoral votes. During the Civil

War he zealously supported the national government and was called upon

in every quarter to speak at public meetings. He delivered the last of

his great orations at Gettysburg, after the battle, on the consecration

of the national cemetery there. On the 9th of January 1865 he spoke at a

public meeting in Boston to raise funds for the southern poor in

Savannah. At that meeting he caught cold, and the immediate result was

his death on the 15th of January 1865.

In Everett's life and career was a combination of the results of

diligent training, unflinching industry, delicate literary tastes and

unequalled acquaintance with modern international politics. This

combination made him in America an entirely exceptional person. He was

never loved by the political managers; he was always enthusiastically

received by assemblies of the people. He would have said himself that

the most eager wish of his life had been for the higher education of his

countrymen. His orations have been collected in four volumes

(1850-1859). A work on international law, on which he was engaged at his

death, was never finished. Allibone records 84 titles of his books and

published addresses. (E. E. H.)

EVERETT, a city of Middlesex county, Massachusetts, U.S.A., adjoining

Chelsea and 3 m. N. of Boston, of which it is a residential suburb. Pop.

(1880) 4159; (1890) 11,068; (1900) 24,336, of whom 6882 were

foreign-born; (1910 census) 33,484. It covers an area of about 3 sq. m.

and is served by the Boston & Maine railway and by interurban electric

lines. Everett has the Frederick E. Parlin memorial library (1878), the

Shute memorial library (1898), the Whidden memorial hospital and

Woodlawn cemetery (176 acres). The principal manufactures are coke,

chemicals and boots and shoes; among others are iron and structural

steel. According to the U.S. Census of Manufactures (1905), "the coke

industry in Everett is unique, inasmuch as illuminating gas is the

primary product and coke really a by-product, while the coal used is

brought from mines located in Nova Scotia." The value of the city's

total factory product increased from $4,437,180 in 1900 to $6,135,650 in

1905 or 38.3%. Everett was first settled about 1630, remaining a part of

Malden (and being known as South Malden) until 1870, when it was

incorporated as a township. It was chartered as a city in 1892.

EVERETT, a city, a sub-port of entry, and the county-seat of Snohomish

county, Washington, U.S.A., on Puget Sound, at the mouth of the

Snohomish river, about 35 m. N. of Seattle. Pop. (1900) 7838; (1910 U.S.

census) 24,814. The city is served by the Northern Pacific and the Great

Northern railways, being the western terminus of the latter's main

transcontinental line, by interurban electric railway, and by several

lines of Sound and coasting freight and passenger steamboats. Everett

has a fine harbour with several large iron piers. Among its principal

buildings are a Carnegie library, a Y.M.C.A. building and two hospitals.

The buildings of the Pacific College were erected here by the United

Norwegian Lutheran Church in 1908. The city is in a rich lumbering,

gardening, farming, and copper-, gold- and silver-mining district. There

is a U.S. assayer's office here, and there are extensive shipyards, a

large paper mill, iron works, and, just outside the city limits, the

smelters of the American Smelters Securities Company, in connexion with

which is one of the two plants in the United States for saving arsenic

from smelter fumes. Lumber interests, however, are of most importance,

and here are some of the largest lumber plants in the Pacific Northwest.

Red-cedar shingles are an important product. Everett was settled in 1891

and was incorporated in 1893. Its rapid growth is due to its favourable

situation as a commercial port, its transportation facilities, and its

nearness to extensive forests whence the material for its chief

industries is obtained.

EVERGLADES, an American lake, about 8000 sq. m. in area, in which are

numerous half-submerged islands; situated in the southern part of

Florida, U.S.A., in Lee, De Soto, Dade and St Lucie counties. West of it

is the Big Cypress Swamp. The floor of the lake is a limestone basin,

extending from Lake Okechobee in the N. to the extreme S. part of the

state, and the lake varies in depth from 1 to 12 ft., its water being

pure and clear. The surface is above tide level, and the lake is

enclosed, probably on all sides, within an outcropping limestone rim,

averaging about 10 ft. above mean low tide, and approaching much nearer

to the Atlantic on the E. than to the gulf on the W. There are several

small outlets, such as the Miami river and the New river on the E. and

the Shark river on the S.W., but no streams empty into the Everglades,

and the water-supply is furnished by springs and precipitation. There is

a general south-easterly movement of the water. The soil of the islands

is very fertile and is subject to frequent inundations, but gradually

the water area is being replaced by land. The vegetation is luxuriant,

the live oak, wild lemon, wild orange, cucumber, papaw, custard apple

and wild rubber trees being among the indigenous species; there are,

besides, many varieties of wild flowers, the orchids being especially

noteworthy. The fauna is also varied; the otter, alligator and crocodile

are found, also the deer and panther, and among the native birds are the

ibis, egret, heron and limpkin. There are two seasons, wet and dry, but

the climate is equable.

Systematic exploration has been prevented by the dense growth of saw

grass (_Cladium effusum_), a kind of sedge, with sharp, saw-toothed

leaves, which grows everywhere on the muck-covered rock basin and

extends several feet above the shallow water. The first white man to

enter the region was Escalente de Fontenada, a Spanish captive of an

Indian chief, who named the lake Laguno del Espiritu Santo and the

islands Cayos del Espiritu Santo. Between 1841 and 1856 various United

States military forces penetrated the Everglades for the purpose of

attacking and driving out the Seminoles, who took refuge here. The most

important explorations during the later years of the 19th century were

those of Major Archie P. Williams in 1883, James E. Ingraham in 1892 and

Hugh L. Willoughby in 1897. The Seminole Indians were in 1909

practically the only inhabitants. In 1850 under the "Arkansas Bill," or

Swamp and Overflow Act, practically all of the Everglades, which the

state had been urging the federal government to drain and reclaim, were

turned over to the state for that purpose, with the provision that all

proceeds from such lands be applied to their reclamation. A board of

trustees for the Internal Improvement Fund, created in 1855 and having

as members _ex officio_ the governor, comptroller, treasurer,

attorney-general and commissioner-general, sold and allowed to railway

companies much of the grant. Between 1881 and 1896 a private company

owning 4,000,000 acres of the Everglades attempted to dig a canal from

Lake Okechobee through Lake Hicpochee and along the Caloosahatchee river

to the Gulf of Mexico; the canal was closed in 1902 by overflows. Six

canals were begun under state control in 1905 from the lake to the

Atlantic, the northernmost at Jensen, the southernmost at Ft.

Lauderdale; the total cost, estimated at $1,035,000 for the reclamation

of 12,500 sq. m., is raised by a drainage tax (not to exceed 10 cents

per acre) levied by the trustees of the Internal Improvement Fund and

Board of Drainage commissioners. The small area reclaimed prior to that

year (1905) was found very fertile and particularly adapted to raising

sugar-cane, oranges and garden truck.

See Hugh L. Willoughby's _Across the Everglades_ (Philadelphia, 1898),

and especially an article "The Everglades of Florida" by Edwin A. Dix

and John M. MacGonigle, in the _Century Magazine_ for February 1905.

EVERGREEN, a general term applied to plants which are always in leaf, as

contrasted with deciduous trees which are bare for some part of the year

(see HORTICULTURE). In temperate or colder zones where a season

favourable to vegetation is succeeded by an unfavourable or winter

season, leaves of evergreens must be protected from the frost and cold

drying winds, and are therefore tougher or more leathery in texture than

those of deciduous trees, and frequently, as in pines, firs and other

conifers, are needle-like, thus exposing a much smaller surface to the

drying action of cold winds. The number of seasons for which the leaves

last varies in different plants; every season some of the older leaves

fall, while new ones are regularly produced. The common English bramble

is practically evergreen, the leaves lasting through winter and until

the new leaves are developed next spring. In privet also the leaves fall

after the production of new ones in the next year. In other cases the

leaves last several years, as in conifers, and may sometimes be found on

eleven-year-old shoots.

EVERLASTING, or IMMORTELLE, a plant belonging to the division

_Tubuliflorae_ of the natural order Compositae, known botanically as

_Helichrysum orientale_. It is a native of North Africa, Crete, and the

parts of Asia bordering on the Mediterranean; and it is cultivated in

many parts of Europe. It first became known in Europe about the year

1629, and has been cultivated since 1815. In common with several other

plants of the same group, known as "everlastings," the immortelle plant

possesses a large involucre of dry scale-like or scarious bracts, which

preserve their appearance when dried, provided the plant be gathered in

proper condition. The chief supplies of _Helichrysum orientale_ come

from lower Provence, where it is cultivated in large quantities on the

ground sloping to the Mediterranean, in positions well exposed to the

sun, and usually in plots surrounded by dry stone walls. The finest

flowers are grown on the slopes of Bandols and Ciotat, where the plant

begins to flower in June. It requires a light sandy or stony soil, and

is very readily injured by rain or heavy dews. It can be propagated in

quantity by means of offsets from the older stems. The flowering stems

are gathered in June, when the bracts are fully developed, all the

fully-expanded and immature flowers being pulled off and rejected. A

well-managed plantation is productive for eight or ten years. The plant

is tufted in its growth, each plant producing 60 or 70 stems, while each

stem produces an average of 20 flowers. About 400 such stems weigh a

kilogramme. A hectare of ground will produce 40,000 plants, bearing from

2,400,000 to 2,800,000 stems, and weighing from 5-1/2 to 6-1/2 tons, or

from 2 to 3 tons per acre. The colour of the bracts is a deep yellow.

The natural flowers are commonly used for garlands for the dead, or

plants dyed black are mixed with the yellow ones. The plant is also dyed

green or orange-red, and thus employed for bouquets or other ornamental

purposes.

Other species of _Helichrysum_ and species of allied genera with

scarious heads of flowers are also known as "everlastings." One of the

best known is the Australian species _H. bracteatum_, with several

varieties, including double forms, of different colours; _H. vestitum_

(Cape of Good Hope) has white satiny heads. Others are species of

_Helipterum_ (West Australia and South Africa), _Ammobium_ and _Waitzia_

(Australia) and _Xeranthemum_ (south Europe). Several members of the

natural order Amarantaceae have also "everlasting" flowers; such are

_Gomphrena globosa_, with rounded or oval heads of white, orange, rose

or violet, scarious bracts, and _Celosia pyramidalis_, with its elegant,

loose, pyramidal inflorescences. Frequently these everlastings are mixed

with bleached grasses, as _Lagurus ovatus_, _Briza maxima_, _Bromus

brizaeformis_, or with the leaves of the Cape silver tree (_Leucadendron

argenteum_), to form bouquets or ornamental groups.

EVERSLEY, CHARLES SHAW LEFEVRE, VISCOUNT (1794-1888), speaker of the

British House of Commons, eldest son of Mr Charles Shaw (who assumed his

wife's name of Lefevre in addition to his own on his marriage), was born

in London on the 22nd of February 1794, and educated at Winchester and

at Trinity College, Cambridge. He was called to the bar in 1819, and

though a diligent student was also a keen sportsman. Marrying a daughter

of Mr Samuel Whitbread, whose wife was the sister of Earl Grey,

afterwards premier, he thus became connected with two influential

political families, and in 1830 he entered the House of Commons as

member for Downton, in the Liberal interest. In 1831 he was returned,

after a severe contest, as one of the county members for Hampshire, in

which he resided; and after the passing of the Reform Act of 1832 he was

elected for the Northern Division of the county. For some years Mr Shaw

Lefevre was chairman of a committee on petitions for private bills. In

1835 he was chairman of a committee on agricultural distress, but as his

report was not accepted by the House, he published it as a pamphlet

addressed to his constituents. He acquired a high reputation in the

House of Commons for his judicial fairness, combined with singular tact

and courtesy, and when Mr James Abercromby retired in 1839, he was

nominated as the Liberal candidate for the chair. The Conservatives put

forward Henry Goulburn, but Mr Shaw Lefevre was elected by 317 votes to

299. The period was one of fierce party conflict, and the debates were

frequently very acrimonious; but the dignity, temper and firmness of the

new speaker were never at fault. In 1857 he had served longer than any

of his predecessors, except the celebrated Arthur Onslow (1691-1768),

who was speaker for more than 33 years in five successive parliaments.

Retiring on a pension, he was raised to the peerage as Viscount Eversley

of Heckfield, in the county of Southampton. His appearances in the House

of Lords were very infrequent, but in his own county he was active in

the public service. From 1859 he was an ecclesiastical commissioner, and

he was also appointed a trustee of the British Museum. He died on the

28th of December 1888, the viscountcy becoming extinct.

His younger brother, SIR JOHN GEORGE SHAW LEFEVRE (1797-1879), who was

senior wrangler at Cambridge in 1818, had a long and distinguished

career as a public official. He was under-secretary for the colonies,

and had much to do with the introduction of the new poor law in 1834,

and with the foundation of the colony of South Australia; then having

served on several important commissions he was made clerk of the

parliaments in 1855, and in the same year became one of the first civil

service commissioners. He helped to found the university of London, of

which he was vice-chancellor for twenty years, and also the Athenaeum

Club. He died on the 20th of August 1879.

The latter's son, GEORGE JOHN SHAW LEFEVRE (b. 1832), was created Baron

Eversley in 1906, in recognition of long and prominent services to the

Liberal party. He had filled the following offices:--civil lord of the

admiralty, 1856; secretary to the board of trade, 1869-1871;

under-secretary, home office, 1871; secretary to the admiralty,

1871-1874; first commissioner of works, 1881-1883; postmaster-general,

1883-1884; first commissioner of works, 1892-1893; president of local

government board, 1894-1895; chairman of royal commission on

agriculture, 1893-1896.

EVESHAM, a market-town and municipal borough in the Evesham

parliamentary division of Worcestershire, England, 107 m. W.N.W. of

London by the Great Western railway, and 15 m. S.E. by E. of Worcester,

with a station on the Redditch-Ashchurch branch of the Midland railway.

Pop. (1901) 7101. It lies on the right (north) bank of the Avon, in the

rich and beautiful Vale of Evesham. The district is devoted to

market-gardening and orchards, and the trade of the town is mainly

agricultural. Evesham is a place of considerable antiquity, a

Benedictine house having been founded here by St Egwin in the 8th

century. It became a wealthy abbey, but was almost wholly destroyed at

the Dissolution. The churchyard, however, is entered by a Norman

gateway, and there survives also a magnificent isolated bell-tower

dating from 1533, of the best ornate Perpendicular workmanship. The

abbey walls surround the churchyard, but almost the only other remnant

is a single Decorated arch. Close to the bell-tower, however, are the

two parish churches of St Lawrence and of All Saints, the former of the

16th century, the latter containing Early English work, and the ornate

chapel of Abbot Lichfield, who erected the bell-tower. Other buildings

include an Elizabethan town hall, the grammar school, founded by Abbot

Lichfield, and the picturesque almonry. The borough includes the parish

of Bengeworth St Peter, on the left bank of the river. Evesham is

governed by a mayor, 4 aldermen and 12 councillors. Area, 2265 acres.

Evesham (_Homme_, _Ethomme_) grew up around the Benedictine abbey, and

had evidently become of some importance as a trading centre in 1055,

when Edward the Confessor gave it a market and the privileges of a

commercial town. It is uncertain when the town first became a borough,

but the Domesday statement that the men paid 20s. may indicate the

existence of a more or less organized body of tradesmen. Before 1482 the

burgesses were holding the town at a fee farm rent of twenty marks, but

the abbot still had practical control of the town, and his steward

presided over the court at which the bailiffs were chosen. After the

Dissolution the manor with the markets and fairs and other privileges

was granted to Sir Philip Hoby, who increased his power over the town by

persuading the burgesses to agree that, after they had nominated six

candidates for the office of bailiff, the steward of the court

instructed by him should indicate the two to be chosen. This privilege

was contested by Queen Elizabeth, but when the case was taken before the

court of the exchequer it was decided in favour of Sir Philip's heir,

Sir Edward Hoby. In 1604 James I. granted the burgesses their first

charter, but in the following year, by a second charter, he incorporated

Evesham with the village of Bengeworth, and granted that the borough

should be governed by a mayor and seven aldermen, to whom he gave the

power of holding markets and fairs and several other privileges which

had formerly belonged to the lord of the manor. Evesham received two

later charters, but in 1688 that of 1605 was restored and still remains

the governing charter of the borough. Evesham returned two members to

parliament in 1295 and again in 1337, after which date the privilege

lapsed until 1604. Its two members were reduced to one by the act of

1867, and the borough was disfranchised in 1885.

Evesham gave its name to the famous battle, fought on the 4th of August

1265, between the forces of Simon de Montfort, earl of Leicester, and

the royalist army under Prince Edward. After a masterly campaign, in

which the prince had succeeded in defeating Leicester in the valleys of

the Severn and Usk, and had destroyed the forces of the younger Montfort

at Kenilworth before he could effect a junction with the main body, the

royalist forces approached Evesham in the morning of the 4th of August

in time to intercept Leicester's march towards Kenilworth. Caught in the

bend of the river Avon by the converging columns, and surrounded on all

sides, the old earl attempted to cut his way out of the town to the

northward. At first the fury of his assault forced back the superior

numbers of the prince; but Simon's Welsh levies melted away and his

enemies closed the last avenue of escape. The final struggle took place

on Green Hill, a little to the north-west of the town, where the devoted

friends of de Montfort formed a ring round their leader, and died with

him. The spot is marked with an obelisk.

EVIDENCE (Lat. _evidentia_, _evideri_, to appear clearly), a term which

may be defined briefly as denoting the facts presented to the mind of a

person for the purpose of enabling him to decide a disputed question.

Evidence in the widest sense includes all such facts, and reference may

be made to the article LOGIC for the science or art of dealing with the

proper way of drawing correct conclusions and the nature of proof. In a

narrower sense, however, evidence includes in English law only such

facts as are allowed to be so presented in the course of judicial

proceedings. Thus we say that a fact is not evidence, meaning thereby

that it is not admissible as evidence in accordance with the rules of

English law. The law of legal evidence is part of the law of procedure.

It determines the kinds of evidence which may be produced in judicial

proceedings, and regulates the mode in which, and the conditions under

which, evidence may be produced and tested.

History.

The English law of evidence is of comparatively modern growth. It

enshrines certain maxims, some derived from Roman law, some invented by

Coke, who, as J.B. Thayer says, "spawned Latin maxims freely." But for

the most part it was built up by English judges in the course of the

18th century, and consists of this judge-made law, as modified by

statutory enactments of the 19th century. Early Teutonic procedure knew

nothing of evidence in the modern sense, just as it knew nothing of

trials in the modern sense. What it knew was "proofs." There were two

modes of proof, ordeals and oaths. Both were appeals to the

supernatural. The judicial combat was a bilateral ordeal. Proof

followed, instead of preceding, judgment. A judgment of the court,

called by German writers the _Beweisurteil_, and by M.M. Bigelow the

"medial judgment," awarded that one of the two litigants must prove his

case, by his body in battle, or by a one-sided ordeal, or by an oath

with oath-helpers, or by the oaths of witnesses. The court had no desire

to hear or weigh conflicting testimony. To do so would have been to

exercise critical faculties, which the court did not possess, and the

exercise of which would have been foreign to the whole spirit of the

age. The litigant upon whom the burden of furnishing proof was imposed

had a certain task to perform. If he performed it, he won; if he failed,

he lost. The number of oath-helpers varied in different cases, and was

determined by the law or by the court. They were probably, at the

outset, kinsmen, who would have had to take up the blood-feud. At a

later stage they became witnesses to character. In the cases,

comparatively rare, where the oaths of witnesses were admitted as proof,

their oaths differed materially from the sworn testimony of modern

courts. As a rule no one could testify to a fact unless, when the fact

happened, he was solemnly "taken to witness." Then, when the witness was

adduced, he came merely to swear to a set formula. He did not make a

promissory oath to answer questions truly. He merely made an assertory

oath in a prescribed form.

In the course of the 12th and 13th centuries the old formal accusatory

procedure began to break down, and to be superseded by another form of

procedure known as _inquisitio_, inquest, or _enquete_. Its decay was

hastened by the decree of the fourth Lateran Council in 1215, which

forbade ecclesiastics to take part in ordeals. The Norman administrative

system introduced into England by the Conquest was familiar with a

method of ascertaining and determining facts by means of a verdict,

return or finding made on oath by a body of men drawn from the locality.

The system may be traced to Carolingian, and even earlier, sources.

Henry II., by instituting the grand assize and the four petty assizes,

placed at the disposal of litigants in certain actions the opportunity

of giving proof by the verdict of a sworn inquest of neighbours, proof

"by the country." The system was gradually extended to other cases,

criminal as well as civil. The verdict given was that of persons having

a general, but not necessarily a particular, acquaintance with the

persons, places and facts to which the inquiry related. It was, in fact,

a finding by local popular opinion. Had the finding of such an inquest

been treated as final and conclusive in criminal cases, English criminal

procedure might, like the continental inquisition, the French _enquete_,

have taken the path which, in the forcible language of Fortescue (_De

laudibus_, &c.) "leads to hell" (_semita ipsa est ad gehennam_).

Fortunately English criminal procedure took a different course. The

spirit of the old accusatory procedure was applied to the new procedure

by inquest. In serious cases the words of the jurors, the accusing

jurors, were treated not as testimony, but as accusation, the new

indictment was treated as corresponding to the old appeal, and the

preliminary finding by the accusing jury had to be supplemented by the

verdict of another jury. In course of time the second jury were required

to base their findings not on their own knowledge, but on evidence

submitted to them. Thus the modern system of inquiry by grand jury and

trial by petty jury was gradually developed.

A few words may here be said about the parallel development of criminal

procedure on the continent of Europe. The tendency in the 12th and 13th

centuries to abolish the old formal methods of procedure, and to give

the new procedure the name of inquisition or inquest, was not peculiar

to England. Elsewhere the old procedure was breaking down at the same

time, and for similar reasons. It was the great pope Innocent III., the

pope of the fourth Lateran Council, who introduced the new

inquisitorial procedure into the canon law. The procedure was applied to

cases of heresy, and, as so applied, especially by the Dominicans,

speedily assumed the features which made it infamous. "Every safeguard

of innocence was abolished or disregarded; torture was freely used.

Everything seems to have been done to secure a conviction." Yet, in

spite of its monstrous defects, the inquisitorial procedure of the

ecclesiastical courts, secret in its methods, unfair to the accused,

having torture as an integral element, gradually forced its way into the

temporal courts, and may almost be said to have been adopted by the

common law of western Europe. In connexion with this inquisitorial

procedure continental jurists elaborated a theory of evidence, or

judicial proofs, which formed the subject of an extensive literature.

Under the rules thus evolved full proof (_plena probatio_) was essential

for conviction, in the absence of confession, and the standard of full

proof was fixed so high that it was in most cases unattainable. It

therefore became material to obtain confession by some means or other.

The most effective means was torture, and thus torture became an

essential feature in criminal procedure. The rules of evidence attempted

to graduate the weight to be attached to different kinds of testimony

and almost to estimate that weight in numerical terms. "Le parlement de

Toulouse," said Voltaire, "a un usage tres singulier dans les preuves

par temoins. On admet ailleurs des demi-preuves, ... mais a Toulouse on

admet des quarts et des huitiemes de preuves." Modern continental

procedure, as embodied in the most recent codes, has removed the worst

features of inquisitorial procedure, and has shaken itself free from the

trammels imposed by the old theory and technical rules of proof. But in

this, as in other branches of law, France seems to have paid the penalty

for having been first in the field with codification by lagging behind

in material reforms. The French Code of Criminal Procedure was largely

based on Colbert's Ordonnance of 1670, and though embodying some

reforms, and since amended on certain points, still retains some of the

features of the unreformed procedure which was condemned in the 18th

century by Voltaire and the _philosophes_. Military procedure is in the

rear of civil procedure, and the trial of Captain Dreyfus at Rennes in

1899 presented some interesting archaisms. Among these were the weight

attached to the rank and position of witnesses as compared with the

intrinsic character of their evidence, and the extraordinary importance

attributed to confession even when made under suspicious circumstances

and supported by flimsy evidence.

The history of criminal procedure in England has been traced by Sir

James Stephen. The modern rules and practice as to evidence and

witnesses in the common law courts, both in civil and in criminal cases,

appear to have taken shape in the course of the 18th century. The first

systematic treatise on the English law of evidence appears to have been

written by Chief Baron Gilbert, who died in 1726, but whose _Law of

Evidence_ was not published until 1761. In writing it he is said to have

been much influenced by Locke.[1] It is highly praised by Blackstone as

"a work which it is impossible to abstract or abridge without losing

some beauty and destroying the charm of the whole"; but Bentham, who

rarely agrees with Blackstone, speaks of it as running throughout "in

the same strain of anility, garrulity, narrow-mindedness, absurdity,

perpetual misrepresentation and indefatigable self-contradiction." In

any case it remained the standard authority on the law of evidence

throughout the remainder of the 18th century. Bentham wrote his

_Rationale of Judicial Evidence, specially applied to English Practice_,

at various times between the years 1802 and 1812. By this time he had

lost the nervous and simple style of his youth, and required an editor

to make him readable. His great interpreter, Dumont, condensed his views

on evidence into the _Traite des preuves judiciaires_, which was

published in 1823. The manuscript of the _Rationale_ was edited for

English reading, and to a great extent rewritten, by J.S. Mill, and was

published in five volumes in 1827. The book had a great effect both in

England and on the continent. The English version, though crabbed and

artificial in style, and unmeasured in its invective, is a storehouse of

comments and criticisms on the principles of evidence and the practice

of the courts, which are always shrewd and often profound. Bentham

examined the practice of the courts by the light of practical utility.

Starting from the principle that the object of judicial evidence is the

discovery of truth, he condemned the rules which excluded some of the

best sources of evidence. The most characteristic feature of the

common-law rules of evidence was, as Bentham pointed out, and, indeed,

still is, their exclusionary character. They excluded and prohibited the

use of certain kinds of evidence which would be used in ordinary

inquiries. In particular, they disqualified certain classes of witnesses

on the ground of interest in the subject-matter of the inquiry, instead

of treating the interest of the witness as a matter affecting his

credibility. It was against this confusion between competency and

credibility that Bentham directed his principal attack. He also attacked

the system of paper evidence, evidence by means of affidavits instead of

by oral testimony in court, which prevailed in the court of chancery,

and in ecclesiastical courts. Subsequent legislation has endorsed his

criticisms. The Judicature Acts have reduced the use of affidavits in

chancery proceedings within reasonable limits. A series of acts of

parliament have removed, step by step, almost all the disqualifications

which formerly made certain witnesses incompetent to testify.

Before Bentham's work appeared, an act of 1814 had removed the

incompetency of ratepayers as witnesses in certain cases relating to

parishes. The Civil Procedure Act 1833 enacted that a witness should not

be objected to as incompetent, solely on the ground that the verdict or

judgment would be admissible in evidence for or against him. An act of

1840 removed some doubts as to the competency of ratepayers to give

evidence in matters relating to their parish. The Evidence Act 1843

enacted broadly that witnesses should not be excluded from giving

evidence by reason of incapacity from crime or interest. The Evidence

Act 1851 made parties to legal proceedings admissible witnesses subject

to a proviso that "nothing herein contained shall render any person who

in any criminal proceeding is charged with the commission of any

indictable offence, or any offence punishable on summary conviction,

competent or compellable to give evidence for or against himself or

herself, or shall render any person compellable to answer any question

tending to criminate himself or herself, or shall in any criminal

proceeding render any husband competent or compellable to give evidence

for or against his wife, or any wife competent or compellable to give

evidence for or against her husband." The Evidence (Scotland) Act 1853

made a similar provision for Scotland. The Evidence Amendment Act 1853

made the husbands and wives of parties admissible witnesses, except that

husbands and wives could not give evidence for or against each other in

criminal proceedings or in proceedings for adultery, and could not be

compelled to disclose communications made to each other during marriage.

Under the Matrimonial Causes Act 1857 the petitioner can be examined and

cross-examined on oath at the hearing, but is not bound to answer any

question tending to show that he or she has been guilty of adultery.

Under the Matrimonial Causes Act 1859, on a wife's petition for

dissolution of marriage on the ground of adultery coupled with cruelty

or desertion, husband and wife are competent and compellable to give

evidence as to the cruelty or desertion. The Crown Suits &c. Act 1865

declared that revenue proceedings were not to be treated as criminal

proceedings for the purposes of the acts of 1851 and 1853. The Evidence

Further Amendment Act 1869 declared that parties to actions for breach

of promise of marriage were competent to give evidence in the action,

subject to a proviso that the plaintiff should not recover unless his or

her testimony was corroborated by some other material evidence. It also

made the parties to proceedings instituted in consequence of adultery,

and their husbands and wives, competent to give evidence, but a witness

in any such proceeding, whether a party or not, is not to be liable to

be asked or bound to answer any question tending to show that he or she

has been guilty of adultery, unless the witness has already given

evidence in the same proceeding in disproof of the alleged adultery.

There are similar provisions applying to Scotland in the Conjugal Rights

(Scotland) Amendment Act 1861, and the Evidence Further Amendment

(Scotland) Act 1874. The Evidence Act 1877 enacts that "on the trial of

any indictment or other proceeding for the non-repair of any public

highway or bridge, or for a nuisance to any public highway, river, or

bridge, and of any other indictment or proceeding instituted for the

purpose of trying or enforcing a civil right only, every defendant to

such indictment or proceeding, and the wife or husband of any such

defendant shall be admissible witnesses and compellable to give

evidence." From 1872 onwards numerous enactments were passed making

persons charged with particular offences, and their husbands and wives,

competent witnesses. The language and effect of these enactments were

not always the same, but the insertion of some provision to this effect

in an act creating a new offence, especially if it was punishable by

summary proceedings, gradually became almost a common form in

legislation. In the year 1874 a bill to generalize these particular

provisions, and to make the evidence of persons charged with criminal

offences admissible in all cases was introduced by Mr Gladstone's

government, and was passed by the standing committee of the House of

Commons. During the next fourteen years bills for the same purpose were

repeatedly introduced, either by the government of the day, or by Lord

Bramwell as an independent member of the House of Lords. Finally the

Criminal Evidence Act 1898, introduced by Lord Halsbury, has enacted in

general terms that "every person charged with an offence, and the wife

or husband, as the case may be, of the person so charged, shall be a

competent witness for the defence at every stage of the proceedings,

whether the person so charged is charged solely or jointly with any

other person." But this general enactment is qualified by some special

restrictions, the nature of which will be noticed below. The act applies

to Scotland but not to Ireland. It was not to apply to proceedings in

courts-martial unless so applied by general orders or rules made under

statutory authority. The provisions of the act have been applied by

rules to military courts-martial, but have not yet been applied to naval

courts-martial. The removal of disqualifications for want of religious

belief is referred to below under the head of "Witnesses."

Literature.

The act of 1898 finishes for the present the history of English

legislation on evidence. For a view of the legal literature on the

subject it is necessary to take a step backwards. Early in the 19th

century Chief Baron Gilbert was superseded as an authority on the

English law of evidence by the books of Phillips (1814) and Starkie

(1824), who were followed by Roscoe (_Nisi Prius_, 1827; Criminal

Cases, 1835), Greenleaf (American, 1842), Taylor (based on Greenleaf,

1848), and Best (1849). In 1876 Sir James FitzJames Stephen brought

out his _Digest of the Law of Evidence_, based upon the Indian

Evidence Act 1872, which he had prepared and passed as law member of

the council of the governor-general of India. This Digest obtained a

rapid and well-deserved success, and has materially influenced the

form of subsequent writings on the English law of evidence. It sifted

out what Stephen conceived to be the main rules of evidence from the

mass of extraneous matter in which they had been embedded. Roscoe's

Digests told the lawyer what things must be proved in order to sustain

particular actions or criminal charges, and related as much to

pleadings and to substantive law as to evidence proper. Taylor's two

large volumes were a vast storehouse of useful information, but his

book was one to consult, not to master. Stephen eliminated much of

this extraneous matter, and summed up his rules in a series of

succinct propositions, supplemented by apt illustrations, and couched

in such a form that they could be easily read and remembered. Hence

the English Digest, like the Indian Act, has been of much educational

value. Its most original feature, but unfortunately also its weakest

point, is its theory of relevancy. Pondering the multitude of

"exclusionary" rules which had been laid down by the English courts,

Stephen thought that he had discovered the general principle on which

those rules reposed, and could devise a formula by which the principle

could be expressed. "My study of the subject," he says, "both

practically and in books has convinced me that the doctrine that all

facts in issue and relevant to the issue, and no others, may be

proved, is the unexpressed principle which forms the centre of and

gives unity to all the express negative rules which form the great

mass of the law." The result was the chapter on the relevancy of facts

in the Indian Evidence Act, and the definition of relevancy in s. 7 of

that act. This definition was based on the view that a distinction

could be drawn between things which were and things which were not

causally connected with each other, and that relevancy depended on

causal connexion. Subsequent criticism convinced Stephen that his

definition was in some respects too narrow and in others too wide, and

eventually he adopted a definition out of which all reference to

causality was dropped. But even in their amended form the provisions

about relevancy are open to serious criticism. The doctrine of

relevancy, i.e. of the probative effect of facts, is a branch of

logic, not of law, and is out of place both in an enactment of the

legislature and in a compendium of legal rules. The necessity under

which Stephen found himself of extending the range of relevant facts

by making it include facts "deemed to be relevant," and then narrowing

it by enabling the judge to exclude evidence of facts which are

relevant, illustrates the difference between the rules of logic and

the rules of law. Relevancy is one thing; admissibility is another;

and the confusion between them, which is much older than Stephen, is

to be regretted. Rightly or wrongly English judges have, on practical

grounds, declared inadmissible evidence of facts, which are relevant

in the ordinary sense of the term, and which are so treated in

non-judicial inquiries. Under these circumstances the attempt so to

define relevancy as to make it conterminous with admissibility is

misleading, and most readers of Stephen's Act and Digest would find

them more intelligible and more useful if "admissible" were

substituted for "relevant" throughout. Indeed it is hardly too much to

say that Stephen's doctrine of relevancy is theoretically unsound and

practically useless. The other parts of the work contain terse and

vigorous statements of the law, but a Procrustean attempt to make

legal rules square with a preconceived theory has often made the

language and arrangement artificial, and the work, in spite of its

compression, still contains rules which, under a more scientific

treatment, would find their appropriate place in other branches of the

law. These defects are characteristic of a strong and able man, who

saw clearly, and expressed forcibly what he did see, but was apt to

ignore or to deny the existence of what he did not see, whose mind was

vigorous rather than subtle or accurate, and who, in spite of his

learning, was somewhat deficient in the historical sense. But

notwithstanding these defects, the conspicuous ability of the author,

his learning, and his practical experience, especially in criminal

cases, attach greater weight to FitzJames Stephen's statements than to

those of any other English writer on the law of evidence.

Rules.

The object of every trial is, or may be, to determine two classes of

questions or issues, which are usually distinguished as questions of

law, and questions of fact, although the distinction between them is not

so clear as might appear on a superficial view. In a trial by jury these

two classes of questions are answered by different persons. The judge

lays down the law. The jury, under the guidance of the judge, find the

facts. It was with reference to trial by jury that the English rules of

evidence were originally framed; it is by the peculiarities of this form

of trial that many of them are to be explained; it is to this form of

trial alone that some of the most important of them are exclusively

applicable. The negative, exclusive, or exclusionary rules which form

the characteristic features of the English law of evidence, are the

rules in accordance with which the judge guides the jury. There is no

difference of principle between the method of inquiry in judicial and in

non-judicial proceedings. In either case a person who wishes to find out

whether a particular event did or did not happen, tries, in the first

place, to obtain information from persons who were present and saw what

happened (direct evidence), and, failing this, to obtain information

from persons who can tell him about facts from which he can draw an

inference as to whether the event did or did not happen (indirect

evidence). But in judicial inquiries the information given must be given

on oath, and be liable to be tested by cross-examination. And there are

rules of law which exclude from the consideration of the jury certain

classes of facts which, in an ordinary inquiry, would, or might, be

taken into consideration. Facts so excluded are said to be "not

admissible as evidence," or "not evidence," according as the word is

used in the wider or in the narrower sense. And the easiest way of

determining whether a fact is or is not evidence in the narrower sense,

is first to consider whether it has any bearing on the question to be

tried, and, if it has, to consider whether it falls within any one or

more of the rules of exclusion laid down by English law. These rules of

exclusion are peculiar to English law and to systems derived from

English law. They have been much criticized, and some of them have been

repealed or materially modified by legislation. Most of them may be

traced to directions given by a judge in the course of trying a

particular case, given with special reference to the circumstances of

that case, but expressed in general language, and, partly through the

influence of text-writers, eventually hardened into general rules. In

some cases their origin is only intelligible by reference to obsolete

forms of pleading or practice. But in most cases they were originally

rules of convenience laid down by the judge for the assistance of the

jury. The judge is a man of trained experience, who has to arrive at a

conclusion with the help of twelve untrained men, and who is naturally

anxious to keep them straight, and give them every assistance in his

power. The exclusion of certain forms of evidence assists the jury by

concentrating their attention on the questions immediately before them,

and by preventing them from being distracted or bewildered by facts

which either have no bearing on the question before them, or have so

remote a bearing on those questions as to be practically useless as

guides to the truth. It also prevents a jury from being misled by

statements the effect of which, through the prejudice they excite, is

out of all proportion to their true weight. In this respect the rules of

exclusion may be compared to blinkers, which keep a horse's eyes on the

road before him. In criminal cases the rules of exclusion secure fair

play to the accused, because he comes to the trial prepared to meet a

specific charge, and ought not to be suddenly confronted by statements

which he had no reason to expect would be made against him. They protect

absent persons against statements affecting their character. And lastly

they prevent the infinite waste of time which would ensue in the

discussion of a question of fact if an inquiry were allowed to branch

out into all the subjects with which that fact is more or less

connected. The purely practical grounds on which the rules are based,

according to the view of a great judge, may be illustrated by some

remarks of Mr Justice Willes (1814-1872). In discussing the question

whether evidence of the plaintiff's conduct on other occasions ought to

be admitted, he said:--

"It is not easy in all cases to draw the line and to define with

accuracy where probability ceases and speculation begins; but we are

bound to lay down the rule to the best of our ability. No doubt the

rule as to confining the evidence to that which is relevant and

pertinent to the issue is one of great importance, not only as regards

the particular case, but also with reference to saving the time of the

court, and preventing the minds of the jury from being drawn away from

the real point they have to decide.... Now it appears to me that the

evidence proposed to be given in this case, if admitted, would not

have shown that it was more probable that the contract was subject to

the condition insisted upon by the defendant. The question may be put

thus, Does the fact of a person having once or many times in his life

done a particular act in a particular way make it more probable that

he has done the same thing in the same way upon another and different

occasion? To admit such speculative evidence would, I think, be

fraught with great danger.... If such evidence were held admissible it

would be difficult to say that the defendant might not in any case,

where the question was whether or not there had been a sale of goods

on credit, call witnesses to prove that the plaintiff had dealt with

other persons upon a certain credit; or, in an action for an assault,

that the plaintiff might not give evidence of former assaults

committed by the defendant upon other persons, or upon other persons

of a particular class, for the purpose of showing that he was a

quarrelsome individual, and therefore that it was highly probable that

the particular charge of assault was well founded. The extent to which

this sort of thing might be carried is inconceivable.... To obviate

the prejudices, the injustice, and the waste of time to which the

admission of such evidence would lead, and bearing in mind the extent

to which it might be carried, and that litigants are mortal, it is

necessary not only to adhere to the rule, but to lay it down strictly.

I think, therefore, the fact that the plaintiff had entered into

contracts of a particular kind with other persons on other occasions

could not be properly admitted in evidence where no custom of trade

to make such contracts, and no connexion between such and the one in

question, was shown to exist" (_Hollingham v. Head_, 1858, 4 C.B. N.S.

388).

There is no difference between the principles of evidence in civil and

in criminal cases, although there are a few special rules, such as those

relating to confessions and to dying declarations, which are only

applicable to criminal proceedings. But in civil proceedings the issues

are narrowed by mutual admissions of the parties, more use is made of

evidence taken out of court, such as affidavits, and, generally, the

rules of evidence are less strictly applied. It is often impolitic to

object to the admission of evidence, even when the objection may be

sustained by previous rulings. The general tendency of modern procedure

is to place a more liberal and less technical construction on rules of

evidence, especially in civil cases. In recent volumes of law reports

cases turning on the admissibility of evidence are conspicuous by their

rarity. Various causes have operated in this direction. One of them has

been the change in the system of pleading, under which each party now

knows before the actual trial the main facts on which his opponent

relies. Another is the interaction of chancery and common-law practice

and traditions since the Judicature Acts. In the chancery courts the

rules of evidence were always less carefully observed, or, as

Westminster would have said, less understood, than in the courts of

common law. A judge trying questions of fact alone might naturally think

that blinkers, though useful for a jury, are unnecessary for a judge.

And the chancery judge was apt to read his affidavits first, and to

determine their admissibility afterwards. In the meantime they had

affected his mind.

The tendency of modern text-writers, among whom Professor J.B. Thayer

(1831-1902), of Harvard, was perhaps the most independent, instructive

and suggestive, is to restrict materially the field occupied by the law

of evidence, and to relegate to other branches of the law topics

traditionally treated under the head of evidence. Thus in every way the

law of evidence, though still embodying some principles of great

importance, is of less comparative importance as a branch of English law

than it was half a century ago. Legal rules, like dogmas, have their

growth and decay. First comes the judge who gives a ruling in a

particular case. Then comes the text-writer who collects the scattered

rulings, throws them into the form of general propositions, connects

them together by some theory, sound or unsound, and often ignores or

obscures their historical origin. After him comes the legislator who

crystallizes the propositions into enactments, not always to the

advantage of mankind. So also with decay. Legal rules fall into the

background, are explained away, are ignored, are denied, are overruled.

Much of the English law of evidence is in a stage of decay.

The subject-matter of the law of evidence may be arranged differently

according to the taste or point of view of the writer. It will be

arranged here under the following heads:--I. Preliminary Matter; II.

Classes of Evidence; III. Rules of Exclusion; IV. Documentary Evidence;

V. Witnesses.

I. PRELIMINARY MATTER

Under this head may be grouped certain principles and considerations

which limit the range of matters to which evidence relates.

1. _Law and Fact._--Evidence relates only to facts. It is therefore

necessary to touch on the distinction between law and facts. _Ad

quaestionem facti non respondent judices; ad quaestionem juris non

respondent juratores._ Thus Coke, attributing, after his wont, to

Bracton a maxim which may have been invented by himself. The maxim

became the subject of political controversy, and the two rival views are

represented by Pulteney's lines--

"For twelve honest men have decided the cause

Who are judges alike of the facts and the laws,"

and by Lord Mansfield's variant--

"Who are judges of facts, but not judges of laws."

The particular question raised with respect to the law of libel was

settled by Fox's Libel Act 1792. Coke's maxim describes in a broad

general way the distinction between the functions of the judge and of

the jury, but is only true subject to important qualifications. Judges

in jury cases constantly decide what may be properly called questions of

fact, though their action is often disguised by the language applied or

the procedure employed. Juries, in giving a general verdict, often

practically take the law into their own hands. The border-line between

the two classes of questions is indicated by the "mixed questions of law

and fact," to use a common phrase, which arise in such cases as those

relating to "necessaries," "due diligence," "negligence,"

"reasonableness," "reasonable and probable cause." In the treatment of

these cases the line has been drawn differently at different times, and

two conflicting tendencies are discernible. On the one hand, there is

the natural tendency to generalize common inferences into legal rules,

and to fix legal standards of duty. On the other hand, there is the

sound instinct that it is a mistake to define and refine too much in

these cases, and that the better course is to leave broadly to the jury,

under the general guidance of the judge, the question what would be done

by the "reasonable" or "prudent" man in particular cases. The latter

tendency predominates in modern English law, and is reflected by the

enactments in the recent acts codifying the law on bills of exchange and

sale of goods, that certain questions of reasonableness are to be

treated as questions of fact. On the same ground rests the dislike to

limit the right of a jury to give a general verdict in criminal cases.

Questions of custom begin by being questions of fact, but as the custom

obtains general recognition it becomes law. Many of the rules of the

English mercantile law were "found" as customs by Lord Mansfield's

special juries. Generally, it must be remembered that the jury act in

subordinate co-operation with the judge, and that the extent to which

the judge limits or encroaches on the province of the jury is apt to

depend on the personal idiosyncrasy of the judge.

2. _Judicial Notice._--It may be doubted whether the subject of judicial

notice belongs properly to the law of evidence, and whether it does not

belong rather to the general topic of legal or judicial reasoning.

Matters which are the subject of judicial notice are part of the

equipment of the judicial mind. It would be absurd to require evidence

of every fact; many facts must be assumed to be known. The judge, like

the juryman, is supposed to bring with him to the consideration of the

question which he has to try common sense, a general knowledge of human

nature and the ways of the world, and also knowledge of things that

"everybody is supposed to know." Of such matters judicial notice is said

to be taken. But the range of general knowledge is indefinite, and the

range of judicial notice has, for reasons of convenience, been fixed or

extended, both by rulings of the judges and by numerous enactments of

the legislature. It would be impossible to enumerate here the matters of

which judicial notice must or may be taken. These are to be found in the

text-books. For present purposes it must suffice to say that they

include not only matters of fact of common and certain knowledge, but

the law and practice of the courts, and many matters connected with the

government of the country.

3. _Presumptions._--A presumption in the ordinary sense is an inference.

It is an argument, based on observation, that what has happened in some

cases will probably happen in others of the like nature. The subject of

presumptions, so far as they are mere inferences or arguments, belongs,

not to the law of evidence, or to law at all, but to rules of reasoning.

But a legal presumption, or, as it is sometimes called, a presumption of

law, as distinguished from a presumption of fact, is something more. It

may be described, in Stephen's language, as "a rule of law that courts

and judges shall draw a particular inference from a particular fact, or

from particular evidence, unless and until the truth" (perhaps it would

be better to say 'soundness') "of the inference is disproved." Courts

and legislatures have laid down such rules on grounds of public policy

or general convenience, and the rules have then to be observed as rules

of positive law, not merely used as part of the ordinary process of

reasoning or argument. Some so-called presumptions are rules of

substantive law under a disguise. To this class appear to belong

"conclusive presumptions of law," such as the common-law presumption

that a child under seven years of age cannot commit a felony. So again

the presumption that every one knows the law is merely an awkward way of

saying that ignorance of the law is not a legal excuse for breaking it.

Of true legal presumptions, the majority may be dealt with most

appropriately under different branches of the substantive law, such as

the law of crime, of property, or of contract, and accordingly Stephen

has included in his _Digest of the Law of Evidence_ only some which are

common to more than one branch of the law. The effect of a presumption

is to impute to certain facts or groups of facts a prima facie

significance or operation, and thus, in legal proceedings, to throw upon

the party against whom it works the duty of bringing forward evidence to

meet it. Accordingly the subject of presumptions is intimately connected

with the subject of the burden of proof, and the same legal rule may be

expressed in different forms, either as throwing the advantage of a

presumption on one side, or as throwing the burden of proof on the

other. Thus the rule in Stephen's Digest, which says that the burden of

proving that any person has been guilty of a crime or wrongful act is on

the person who asserts it, appears in the article entitled "Presumption

of Innocence." Among the more ordinary and more important legal

presumptions are the presumption of regularity in proceedings, described

generally as a presumption _omnia esse rite acta_, and including the

presumption that the holder of a public office has been duly appointed,

and has duly performed his official duties, the presumption of the

legitimacy of a child born during the mother's marriage, or within the

period of gestation after her husband's death, and the presumptions as

to life and death. "A person shown not to have been heard of for seven

years by those (if any) who, if he had been alive, would naturally have

heard of him, is presumed to be dead unless the circumstances of the

case are such as to account for his not being heard of without assuming

his death; but there is no presumption as to the time when he died, and

the burden of proving his death at any particular time is upon the

person who asserts it. There is no presumption" (i.e. legal presumption)

"as to the age at which a person died who is shown to have been alive at

a given time, or as to the order in which two or more persons died who

are shown to have died in the same accident, shipwreck or battle"

(Stephen, _Dig._, art. 99). A document proved or purporting to be thirty

years old is presumed to be genuine, and to have been properly executed

and (if necessary) attested if produced from the proper custody. And the

legal presumption of a "lost grant," i.e. the presumption that a right

or alleged right which has been long enjoyed without interruption had a

legal origin, still survives in addition to the common law and statutory

rules of prescription.

4. _Burden of Proof._--The expression _onus probandi_ has come down from

the classical Roman law, and both it and the Roman maxims, _Agenti

incumbit probatio_, _Necessitas probandi incumbit ei qui dicit non ei

qui negat_, and _Reus excipiendo fit actor_, must be read with reference

to the Roman system of actions, under which nothing was admitted, but

the plaintiff's case was tried first; then, unless that failed, the

defendant's on his _exceptio_; then, unless that failed, the plaintiff's

on his _replicatio_, and so on. Under such a system the burden was

always on the "actor." In modern law the phrase "burden of proof" may

mean one of two things, which are often confused--the burden of

establishing the proposition or issue on which the case depends, and the

burden of producing evidence on any particular point either at the

beginning or at a later stage of the case. The burden in the former

sense ordinarily rests on the plaintiff or prosecutor. The burden in the

latter sense, that of going forward with evidence on a particular point,

may shift from side to side as the case proceeds. The general rule is

that he who alleges a fact must prove it, whether the allegation is

couched in affirmative or negative terms. But this rule is subject to

the effect of presumptions in particular cases, to the principle that in

considering the amount of evidence necessary to shift the burden of

proof regard must be had to the opportunities of knowledge possessed by

the parties respectively, and to the express provisions of statutes

directing where the burden of proof is to lie in particular cases. Thus

many statutes expressly direct that the proof of lawful excuse or

authority, or the absence of fraudulent intent, is to lie on the person

charged with an offence. And the Summary Jurisdiction Act 1848 provides

that if the information or complaint in summary proceedings negatives

any exemption, exception, proviso, or condition in the statute on which

it is founded, the prosecutor or complainant need not prove the

negative, but the defendant may prove the affirmative in his defence.

II. CLASSES OF EVIDENCE

Evidence is often described as being either oral or documentary. To

these two classes should be added a third, called by Bentham real

evidence, and consisting of things presented immediately to the senses

of the judge or the jury. Thus the judge or jury may go to view any

place the sight of which may help to an understanding of the evidence,

and may inspect anything sufficiently identified and produced in court

as material to the decision. Weapons, clothes and things alleged to have

been stolen or damaged are often brought into court for this purpose.

Oral evidence consists of the statements of witnesses. Documentary

evidence consists of documents submitted to the judge or jury by way of

proof. The distinction between primary and secondary evidence relates

only to documentary evidence, and will be noticed in the section under

that head. A division of evidence from another point of view is that

into direct and indirect, or, as it is sometimes called, circumstantial

evidence. By direct evidence is meant the statement of a person who saw,

or otherwise observed with his senses, the fact in question. By indirect

or circumstantial evidence is meant evidence of facts from which the

fact in question may be inferred. The difference between direct and

indirect evidence is a difference of kind, not of degree, and therefore

the rule or maxim as to "best evidence" has no application to it. Juries

naturally attach more weight to direct evidence, and in some legal

systems it is only this class of evidence which is allowed to have full

probative force. In some respects indirect evidence is superior to

direct evidence, because, as Paley puts it, "facts cannot lie," whilst

witnesses can and do. On the other hand facts often deceive; that is to

say, the inferences drawn from them are often erroneous. The

circumstances in which crimes are ordinarily committed are such that

direct evidence of their commission is usually not obtainable, and when

criminality depends on a state of mind, such as intention, that state

must necessarily be inferred by means of indirect evidence.

III. RULES OF EXCLUSION

It seems desirable to state the leading rules of exclusion in their

crude form instead of obscuring their historical origin by attempting to

force them into the shape of precise technical propositions forming

parts of a logically connected system. The judges who laid the

foundations of our modern law of evidence, like those who first

discoursed on the duties of trustees, little dreamt of the elaborate and

artificial system which was to be based upon their remarks. The rules

will be found, as might be expected, to be vague, to overlap each other,

to require much explanation, and to be subject to many exceptions. They

may be stated as follows:--(1) Facts not relevant to the issue cannot be

admitted as evidence. (2) The evidence produced must be the best

obtainable under the circumstances. (3) Hearsay is not evidence. (4)

Opinion is not evidence.

1. _Rule of Relevancy._--The so-called rule of relevancy is sometimes

stated by text-writers in the form in which it was laid down by Baron

Parke in 1837 (_Wright_ v. _Doe and Tatham_, 7 A. and E. 384), when he

described "one great principle" in the law of evidence as being that

"all facts which are relevant to the issue may be proved." Stated in

different forms, the rule has been made by FitzJames Stephen the central

point of his theory of evidence. But relevancy, in the proper and

natural sense, as we have said, is a matter not of law, but of logic. If

Baron Parke's dictum relates to relevancy in its natural sense it is

not true; if it relates to relevancy in a narrow and artificial sense,

as equivalent to admissible, it is tautological. Such practical

importance as the rule of relevancy possesses consists, not in what it

includes, but in what it excludes, and for that reason it seems better

to state the rule in a negative or exclusive form. But whether the rule

is stated in a positive or in a negative form its vagueness is apparent.

No precise line can be drawn between "relevant" and "irrelevant" facts.

The two classes shade into each other by imperceptible degrees. The

broad truth is that the courts have excluded from consideration certain

matters which have some bearing on the question to be decided, and

which, in that sense, are relevant, and that they have done so on

grounds of policy and convenience. Among the matters so excluded are

matters which are likely to mislead the jury, or to complicate the case

unnecessarily, or which are of slight, remote, or merely conjectural

importance. Instances of the classes of matters so excluded can be

given, but it seems difficult to refer their exclusion to any more

general principle than this. Rules as to evidence of character and

conduct appear to fall under this principle. Evidence is not admissible

to show that the person who is alleged to have done a thing was of a

disposition or character which makes it probable that he would or would

not have done it. This rule excludes the biographical accounts of the

prisoner which are so familiar in French trials, and is an important

principle in English trials. It is subject to three exceptions: first,

that evidence of good character is admissible in favour of the prisoner

in all criminal cases; secondly, that a prisoner indicted for rape is

entitled to call evidence as to the immoral character of the

prosecutrix; and thirdly, that a witness may be called to say that he

would not believe a previous witness on his oath. The exception allowing

the good character of a prisoner to influence the verdict, as

distinguished from the sentence, is more humane than logical, and seems

to have been at first admitted in capital cases only. The exception in

rape cases does not allow evidence to be given of specific acts of

immorality with persons other than the prisoner, doubtless on the ground

that such evidence would affect the reputations of third parties. Where

the character of a person is expressly in issue, as in actions of libel

and slander, the rule of exclusion, as stated above, does not apply. Nor

does it prevent evidence of bad character from being given in mitigation

of damages, where the amount of damages virtually depends on character,

as in cases of defamation and seduction. As to conduct there is a

similar general rule, that evidence of the conduct of a person on other

occasions is not to be used merely for the purpose of showing the

likelihood of his having acted in a similar way on a particular

occasion. Thus, on a charge of murder, the prosecutor cannot give

evidence of the prisoner's conduct to other persons for the purpose of

proving a bloodthirsty and murderous disposition. And in a civil case a

defendant was not allowed to show that the plaintiff had sold goods on

particular terms to other persons for the purpose of proving that he had

sold similar goods on the same terms to the defendant. But this general

rule must be carefully construed. Where several offences are so

connected with each other as to form parts of an entire transaction,

evidence of one is admissible as proof of another. Thus, where a

prisoner is charged with stealing particular goods from a particular

place, evidence may be given that other goods, taken from the same place

at the same time, were found in his possession. And where it is proved

or admitted that a person did a particular act, and the question is as

to his state of mind, that is to say, whether he did the act knowingly,

intentionally, fraudulently, or the like, evidence may be given of the

commission by him of similar acts on other occasions for the purpose of

proving his state of mind on the occasion. This principle is most

commonly applied in charges for uttering false documents or base coin,

and not uncommonly in charges for false pretences, embezzlement or

murder. In proceedings for the receipt or possession of stolen property,

the legislature has expressly authorized evidence to be given of the

possession by the prisoner of other stolen property, or of his previous

conviction of an offence involving fraud or dishonesty (Prevention of

Crimes Act 1871). Again, where there is a question whether a person

committed an offence, evidence may be given of any fact supplying a

motive or constituting preparation for the offence, of any subsequent

conduct of the person accused, which is apparently influenced by the

commission of the offence, and of any act done by him, or by his

authority, in consequence of the offence. Thus, evidence may be given

that, after the commission of the alleged offence, the prisoner

absconded, or was in possession of the property, or the proceeds of the

property, acquired by the offence, or that he attempted to conceal

things which were or might have been used in committing the offence, or

as to the manner in which he conducted himself when statements were made

in his presence and hearing. Statements made to or in the presence of a

person charged with an offence are admitted as evidence, not of the

facts stated, but of the conduct or demeanour of the person to whom or

in whose presence they are made, or of the general character of the

transaction of which they form part (under the _res gestae_ rule

mentioned below).

2. _Best Evidence Rule._--Statements to the effect of the best evidence

rule were often made by Chief Justice Holt about the beginning of the

18th century, and became familiar in the courts. Chief Baron Gilbert, in

his book on evidence, which must have been written before 1726, says

that "the first and most signal rule in relation to evidence is this,

that a man must have the utmost evidence the nature of the fact is

capable of." And in the great case of _Omichund_ v. _Barker_ (1744),

Lord Hardwicke went so far as to say, "The judges and sages of the law

have laid down that there is but one general rule of evidence, the best

that the nature of the case will admit" (1 Atkyns 49). It is no wonder

that a rule thus solemnly stated should have found a prominent place in

text-books on the law of evidence. But, apart from its application to

documentary evidence, it does not seem to be more than a useful guiding

principle which underlies, or may be used in support of, several rules.

It is to documentary evidence that the principle is usually applied, in

the form of the narrower rule excluding, subject to exceptions,

secondary evidence of the contents of a document where primary evidence

is obtainable. In this form the rule is a rule of exclusion, but may be

most conveniently dealt with in connexion with the special subject of

documentary evidence. As noticed above, the general rule does not apply

to the difference between direct and indirect evidence. And, doubtless

on account of its vague character, it finds no place in Stephen's

Digest.

3. _Hearsay._--The term "hearsay" primarily applies to what a witness

has heard another person say in respect to a fact in dispute. But it is

extended to any statement, whether reduced to writing or not, which is

brought before the court, not by the author of the statement, but by a

person to whose knowledge the statement has been brought. Thus the

hearsay rule excludes statements, oral or written, made in the first

instance by a person who is not called as a witness in the case.

Historically this rule may be traced to the time when the functions of

the witnesses were first distinguished from the functions of the jury,

and when the witnesses were required by their formula to testify _de

visu suo et auditu_, to state what they knew about facts from the direct

evidence of their senses, not from the information of others. The rule

excludes statements the effect of which is liable to be altered by the

narrator, and which purport to have been made by persons who did not

necessarily speak under the sanction of an oath, and whose accuracy or

veracity is not tested by cross-examination. It is therefore of

practical utility in shutting out many loose statements and much

irresponsible gossip. On the other hand, it excludes statements which

are of some value as evidence, and may indeed be the only available

evidence. Thus, a statement has been excluded as hearsay, even though it

can be proved that the author of the statement made it on oath, or that

it was against his interest when he made it, or that he is prevented by

insanity or other illness from giving evidence himself, or that he has

left the country and disappeared, or that he is dead.

Owing to the inconveniences which would be caused by a strict

application of the rule, it has been so much eaten into by exceptions

that some persons doubt whether the rule and the exceptions ought not

to change places. Among the exceptions the following may be noticed:

(a) _Certain sworn statements_.--In many cases statements made by a

person whose evidence is material, but who cannot come before the

court, or could not come before it without serious difficulty, delay

or expense, may be admitted as evidence under proper safeguards. Under

the Indictable Offences Act 1848, where a person has made a deposition

before a justice at a preliminary inquiry into an offence, his

deposition may be read in evidence on proof that the deponent is dead,

or too ill to travel, that the deposition was taken in the presence of

the accused person, and that the accused then had a full opportunity

of cross-examining the deponent. The deposition must appear to be

signed by the justice before whom it purports to have been taken.

Depositions taken before a coroner are admissible under the same

principle. And the principle probably extends to cases where the

deponent is insane, or kept away by the person accused. There are

other statutory provisions for the admission of depositions, as in the

Criminal Law Amendment Act 1867; the Foreign Jurisdiction Act 1890;

and the Children Act 1908, incorporating an act of 1894. In civil

cases the rule excluding statements not made in court at the trial is

much less strictly applied. Frequent use is made of evidence taken

before an examiner, or under a commission. Affidavits are freely used

for subordinate issues or under an arrangement between the parties,

and leave may be given to use evidence taken in other proceedings. The

old chancery practice, under which evidence, both at the trial and at

other stages of a proceeding, was normally taken by affidavit,

irrespectively of consent, was altered by the Judicature Acts. Under

the existing rules of the supreme court evidence may be given by

affidavit upon any motion, petition or summons, but the court or a

judge may, on the application of either party, order the attendance

for cross-examination of the person making the affidavit. (b) _Dying

declarations._--In a trial for murder or manslaughter a declaration by

the person killed as to the cause of his death, or as to any of the

circumstances of the transaction which resulted in his death, is

admissible as evidence. But this exception is very strictly construed.

It must be proved that the declarant, at the time of making the

declaration, was in actual danger of death, and had given up all hope

of recovery. (c) _Statements in pedigree cases._--On a question of

pedigree the statement of a deceased person, whether based on his own

personal knowledge or on family tradition, is admissible as evidence,

if it is proved that the person who made the statement was related to

the person about whose family relations the statement was made, and

that the statement was made before the question with respect to which

the evidence is required had arisen. (d) _Statements as to matters of

public or general interest._--Statements by deceased persons are

admissible as evidence of reputation or general belief in questions

relating to the existence of any public or general right or custom, or

matter of public and general interest. Statements of this kind are

constantly admitted in questions relating to right of way, or rights

of common, or manorial or other local customs. Maps, copies of court

rolls, leases and other deeds, and verdicts, judgments, and orders of

court fall within the exception in cases of this kind. (e) _Statements

in course of duty or business._--A statement with respect to a

particular fact made by a deceased person in pursuance of his duty in

connexion with any office, employment or business, whether public or

private, is admissible as evidence of that fact, if the statement

appears to have been made from personal knowledge, and at or about the

time when the fact occurred. This exception covers entries by clerks

and other employees. (f) _Statements against interest._--A statement

made by a deceased person against his pecuniary or proprietary

interest is admissible as evidence, without reference to the time at

which it was made. Where such a statement is admissible the whole of

it becomes admissible, though it may contain matters not against the

interest of the person who made it, and though the total effect may be

in his favour. Thus, where there was a question whether a particular

sum was a gift or a loan, entries in an account book of receipt of

interest on the sum were admitted, and a statement in the book that

the alleged debtor had on a particular date acknowledged the loan was

also admitted. (g) _Public documents._--Under this head may be placed

recitals in public acts of parliament, notices in the _London_,

_Edinburgh_, or _Dublin Gazette_ (which are made evidence by statute

in a large number of cases), and entries made in the performance of

duty in official registers or records, such as registers of births,

deaths or marriages, registers of companies, records in judicial

proceedings, and the like. An entry in a public document may be

treated as a statement made in the course of duty, but it is

admissible whether the person who made the statement is alive or dead,

and without any evidence as to personal knowledge, or the time at

which the statement is made. (h) _Admissions._--By the term

"admission," as here used, is meant a statement made out of the

witness-box by a party to the proceedings, whether civil or criminal,

or by some person whose statements are binding on that party, against

the interest of that party. The term includes admissions made in

answer to interrogatories, or to a notice to admit facts, but not

admissions made on the pleadings. Admissions, in this sense of the

term, are admissible as evidence against the person by whom they are

made, or on whom they are binding, without reference to the life or

death of the person who made them. A person is bound by the statements

of his agent, acting within the scope of his authority, and barristers

and solicitors are agents for their clients in the conduct of legal

proceedings. Conversely, a person suing or defending on behalf of

another, e.g. as agent or trustee, is bound by the statements of the

person whom he represents. Statements respecting property made by a

predecessor in title bind the successor. Where a statement is put in

evidence as an admission by, or binding on, any person, that person is

entitled to have the whole statement given in evidence. The principle

of this rule is obviously sound, because it would be unfair to pick

out from a man's statement what tells against him, and to suppress

what is in his favour. But the application of the rule is sometimes

attended with difficulty. An admission will not be allowed to be used

as evidence if it was made under a stipulation, express or implied,

that it should not be so used. Such admissions are said to be made

"without prejudice." (i) _Confessions._--A confession is an admission

by a person accused of an offence that he has committed the offence of

which he is accused. But the rules about admitting as evidence

confessions in criminal proceedings are much more strict than the

rules about admissions in civil proceedings. The general rule is, that

a confession is not admissible as evidence against any person except

the person who makes it. But a confession made by one accomplice in

the presence of another is admissible against the latter to this

extent, that, if it implicates him, his silence under the charge may

be used against him, whilst on the other hand his prompt repudiation

of the charge might tell in his favour. In other words, the confession

may be used as evidence of the conduct of the person in whose presence

it was made. A confession cannot be admitted as evidence unless proved

to be voluntary. A confession is not treated as being voluntary if it

appears to the court to have been caused by any inducement, threat or

promise which proceeded from a magistrate or other person in authority

concerned in the charge, and which, in the opinion of the court, gave

the accused person reasonable ground for supposing that by making a

confession he would gain some advantage or avoid some evil in

reference to the proceedings against him. This applies to any

inducement, threat or promise having reference to the charge, whether

it is addressed directly to the accused person or is brought to his

knowledge indirectly. But a confession is not involuntary merely

because it appears to have been caused by the exhortations of a person

in authority to make it as a matter of religious duty, or by an

inducement collateral to the proceedings, or by an inducement held out

by a person having nothing to do with the apprehension, prosecution or

examination of the prisoner. Thus, a confession made to a gaol

chaplain in consequence of religious exhortation has been admitted as

evidence. So also has a confession made by a prisoner to a gaoler in

consequence of a promise by the gaoler, that if the prisoner confessed

he should be allowed to see his wife. To make a confession

involuntary, the inducement must have reference to the prisoner's

escape from the charge against him, and must be made by some person

having power to relieve him, wholly or partially, from the

consequences of the charge. A confession is treated as voluntary if,

in the opinion of the court, it was made after the complete removal of

the impression produced by any inducement, threat or promise which

would have made it involuntary. Where a confession was made under an

inducement which makes the confession involuntary, evidence may be

given of facts discovered in consequence of the confession, and of so

much of the confession as distinctly relates to those facts. Thus, A.

under circumstances which make the confession involuntary, tells a

policeman that he, A., had thrown a lantern into the pond. Evidence

may be given that the lantern was found in the pond, and that A. said

he had thrown it there. It is of course improper to try to extort a

confession by fraud or under the promise of secrecy. But if a

confession is otherwise admissible as evidence, it does not become

inadmissible _merely_ because it was made under a promise of secrecy,

or in consequence of a deception practised on the accused person for

the purpose of obtaining it, or when he was drunk, or because it was

made in answer to questions, whether put by a magistrate or by a

private person, or because he was not warned that he was not bound to

make the confession, and that it might be used against him. If a

confession is given in evidence, the whole of it must be given, and

not merely the parts disadvantageous to the accused person. Evidence

amounting to a confession may be used as such against the person who

gave it, though it was given on oath, and though the proceeding in

which it was given had reference to the same subject-matter as the

proceeding in which it is to be used, and though the witness might

have refused to answer the questions put to him. But if, after

refusing to answer such questions, the witness is improperly compelled

to answer, his answers are not a voluntary confession. The grave

jealousy and suspicion with which the English law regards confessions

offer a marked contrast to the importance attached to this form of

evidence in other systems of procedure, such as the inquisitorial

system which long prevailed, and still to some extent prevails, on the

continent. (j) _Res gestae._--Statements are often admitted as

evidence on the ground that they form part of what is called the

"transaction," or _res gestae_, the occurrence or nature of which is

in question. For instance, where an act may be proved, statements

accompanying and explaining the act made by or to the person doing it,

may be given in evidence. There is no difficulty in understanding the

principle on which this exception from the hearsay rule rests, but

there is often practical difficulty in applying it, and the practice

has varied. How long is the "transaction" to be treated as lasting?

What ought to be treated as "the immediate and natural effect of

continuing action," and, for that reason, as part of the _res gestae_?

When an act of violence is committed, to what extent are the terms of

the complaint made by the sufferer, as distinguished from the fact of

a complaint having been made, admissible as evidence? These are some

of the questions raised. The cases in which statements by a person as

to his bodily or mental condition may be put in evidence may perhaps

be treated as falling under the same principle. In the Rugeley

poisoning case, statements by the deceased person before his illness

as to his state of health, and as to his symptoms during illness, were

admitted as evidence for the prosecution. Under the same principle may

also be brought the rule as to statements in conspiracy cases. In

charges of conspiracy, after evidence has been given of the existence

of the plot, and of the connexion of the accused with it, the charge

against one conspirator may be supported by evidence of anything done,

written, or said, not only by him, but by any other of the

conspirators, in furtherance of the common purpose. On the other hand,

a statement made by one conspirator, not in execution of the common

purpose, but in narration of some event forming part of the

conspiracy, would be treated, not as part of the "transaction," but as

a statement excluded by the hearsay rule. Thus the admissibility of

writings in conspiracy cases may depend on the time when they can be

shown to have been in the possession of a fellow-conspirator, whether

before or after the prisoner's apprehension. (k) _Complaints in rape

cases, &c._--In trials for rape and similar offences, the fact that

shortly after the commission of the alleged offence a complaint was

made by the person against whom the offence was committed, and also

the terms of the complaint, have been admitted as evidence, not of the

facts complained of, but of the consistency of the complainant's

conduct with the story told by her in the witness-box, and as

negativing consent on her part.

4. _Opinion._--The rule excluding expressions of opinion also dates from

the first distinction between the functions of witnesses and jury. It

was for the witnesses to state facts, for the jury to form conclusions.

Of course every statement of fact involves inference, and implies a

judgment on phenomena observed by the senses. And the inference is often

erroneous, as in the answer to the question, "Was he drunk?" A prudent

witness will often guard himself, and is allowed to guard himself, by

answering to the best of his belief. But, for practical purposes, it is

possible to draw a distinction between a statement of facts observed and

an expression of opinion as to the inference to be drawn from these

facts, and the rule telling witnesses to state facts and not express

opinions is of great value in keeping their statements out of the region

of argument and conjecture. The evidence of "experts," that is to say,

of persons having a special knowledge of some particular subject, is

generally described as constituting the chief exception to the rule. But

perhaps it would be more accurate to say that experts are allowed a much

wider range than ordinary witnesses in the expression of their opinions,

and in the statement of facts on which their opinions are based. Thus,

in a poisoning case, a doctor may be asked as an expert whether, in his

opinion, a particular poison produces particular symptoms. And, where

lunacy is set up as a defence, an expert may be asked whether, in his

opinion, the symptoms exhibited by the alleged lunatic commonly show

unsoundness of mind, and whether such unsoundness of mind usually

renders persons incapable of knowing the nature of their acts, or of

knowing that what they do is either wrong or contrary to the law.

Similar principles are applied to the evidence of engineers, and in

numerous other cases. In cases of disputed handwriting the evidence of

experts in handwriting is expressly recognized by statute (Evidence and

Practice on Criminal Trials 1865).

IV. DOCUMENTARY EVIDENCE

Charters and other writings were exhibited to the jury at a very early

date, and it is to writings so exhibited that the term "evidence" or

"evidences" seems to have been originally applied _par excellence_. The

oral evidence of witnesses came later. Where a document is to be used as

evidence the first question is how its contents are to be proved. To

this question the principle of "best evidence" applies, in the form of

the rule that primary evidence must be given except in the cases where

secondary evidence is allowed. By primary evidence is meant the document

itself produced for inspection. By secondary evidence is meant a copy

of the document, or verbal accounts of its contents.

The rule as to the inadmissibility of a copy of a document is applied

much more strictly to private than to public or official documents.

Secondary evidence may be given of the contents of a private document

in the following cases:

(a) Where the original is shown or appears to be in the possession of

the adverse party, and he, after having been served with reasonable

notice to produce it, does not do so.

(b) Where the original is shown or appears to be in the possession or

power of a stranger not legally bound to produce it, and he, after

having been served with a writ of _subpoena duces tecum_, or after

having been sworn as a witness and asked for the document, and having

admitted that it is in court, refuses to produce it.

(c) Where it is shown that proper search has been made for the

original, and there is reason for believing that it is destroyed or

lost.

(d) Where the original is of such a nature as not to be easily

movable, as in the case of a placard posted on a wall, or of a

tombstone, or is in a country from which it is not permitted to be

removed.

(e) Where the original is a document for the proof of which special

provision is made by any act of parliament, or any law in force for

the time being. Documents of that kind are practically treated on the

same footing as private documents.

(f) Where the document is an entry in a banker's book, provable

according to the special provisions of the Bankers' Books Evidence Act

1879.

Secondary evidence of a private document is usually given either by

producing a copy and calling a witness who can prove the copy to be

correct, or, when there is no copy obtainable, by calling a witness

who has seen the document, and can give an account of its contents. No

general definition of public document is possible, but the rules of

evidence applicable to public documents are expressly applied by

statute to many classes of documents. Primary evidence of any public

document may be given by producing the document from proper custody,

and by a witness identifying it as being what it professes to be.

Public documents may always be proved by secondary evidence, but the

particular kind of secondary evidence required is in many cases

defined by statute. Where a document is of such a public nature as to

be admissible in evidence on its mere production from the proper

custody, and no statute exists which renders its contents provable by

means of a copy, any copy thereof or extract therefrom is admissible

as proof of its contents, if it is proved to be an examined copy or

extract, or purports to be signed or certified as a true copy or

extract by the officer to whose custody the original is entrusted.

Many statutes provide that various certificates, official and public

documents, documents and proceedings of corporations and of joint

stock and other companies, and certified copies of documents, by-laws,

entries in registers and other books, shall be receivable as evidence

of certain particulars in courts of justice, if they are authenticated

in the manner prescribed by the statutes. Whenever, by virtue of any

such provision, any such certificate or certified copy is receivable

as proof of any particular in any court of justice, it is admissible

as evidence, if it purports to be authenticated in the manner

prescribed by law, without calling any witness to prove any stamp,

seal, or signature required for its authentication, or the official

character of the person who appears to have signed it. The Documentary

Evidence Acts 1868, 1882 and 1895, provide modes of proving the

contents of several classes of proclamations, orders and regulations.

If a document is of a kind which is required by law to be attested,

but not otherwise, an attesting witness must be called to prove its

due execution. But this rule is subject to the following exceptions:

(a) If it is proved that there is no attesting witness alive, and

capable of giving evidence, then it is sufficient to prove that the

attestation of at least one attesting witness is in his handwriting,

and that the signature of the person executing the document is in the

handwriting of that person.

(b) If the document is proved, or purports to be, more than thirty

years old, and is produced from what the court considers to be its

proper custody, an attesting witness need not be called, and it will

be presumed without evidence that the instrument was duly executed and

attested.

Where a document embodies a judgment, a contract, a grant, or

disposition of property, or any other legal transaction or "act in the

law," on which rights depend, the validity of the transaction may be

impugned on the ground of fraud, incapacity, want of consideration, or

other legal ground. But this seems outside the law of evidence. In this

class of cases a question often arises whether extrinsic evidence can be

produced to vary the nature of the transaction embodied in the document.

The answer to this question seems to depend on whether the document was

or was not intended to be a complete and final statement of the

transaction which it embodies. If it was, you cannot go outside the

document for the purpose of ascertaining the nature of the transaction.

If it was not, you may. But the mere statement of this test shows the

difficulty of formulating precise rules, and of applying them when

formulated. FitzJames Stephen mentions, among the facts which may be

proved in these cases, the existence of separate and consistent oral

agreements as to matters on which the document is silent, if there is

reason to believe that the document is not a complete and final

statement of the transaction, and the existence of any usage or custom

with reference to which a contract may be presumed to have been made.

But he admits that the rules on the subject are "by no means easy to

apply, inasmuch as from the nature of the case an enormous number of

transactions fall close on one side or the other of most of them." The

underlying principle appears to be a rule of substantive law rather than

of evidence. When parties to an arrangement have reduced the terms of

the arrangement to a definite, complete, and final written form, they

should be bound exclusively by the terms embodied in that form. The

question in each case is under what circumstances they ought to be

treated as having done so.

The expression "parol evidence," which includes written as well as

verbal evidence, has often been applied to the extrinsic evidence

produced for the purpose of varying the nature of the transaction

embodied in a document. It is also applied to extrinsic evidence used

for another purpose, namely, that of explaining the meaning of the terms

used in a document. The two questions, What is the real nature of the

transaction referred to in a document? and, What is the meaning of a

document? are often confused, but are really distinct from each other.

The rules bearing on the latter question are rules of construction or

interpretation rather than of evidence, but are ordinarily treated as

part of the law of evidence, and are for that reason included by

FitzJames Stephen in his Digest. In stating these rules he adopts, with

verbal modifications, the six propositions laid down by Vice-Chancellor

Wigram in his _Examinations of the Rules of Law respecting the admission

of Extrinsic Evidence in Aid of the Interpretation of Wills_. The

substance of these propositions appears to be this, that wherever the

meaning of a document cannot be satisfactorily ascertained from the

document itself, use may be made of any other evidence for the purpose

of elucidating the meaning, subject to one restriction, that, except in

cases of equivocation, i.e. where a person or thing is described in

terms applicable equally to more than one, resort cannot be had to

extrinsic expressions of the author's intention.

V. WITNESSES

1. _Attendance._--If a witness does not attend voluntarily he can be

required to attend by a writ of _subpoena_.

2. _Competency._--As a general rule every person is a competent witness.

Formerly persons were disqualified by crime or interest, or by being

parties to the proceedings, but these disqualifications have now been

removed by statute, and the circumstances which formerly created them do

not affect the competency, though they may often affect the credibility,

of a witness.

Under the general law as it stood before the Criminal Evidence Act 1898

came into force, a person charged with an offence was not competent to

give evidence on his own behalf. But many exceptions had been made to

this rule by legislation, and the rule itself was finally abolished by

the act of 1898. Under that law a person charged is a competent witness,

but he can only give evidence for the defence, and can only give

evidence if he himself applies to do so. Under the law as it stood

before 1898, persons jointly charged and being tried together were not

competent to give evidence either for or against each other. Under the

act of 1898 a person charged jointly with another is a competent

witness, but only for the defence, and not for the prosecution. If,

therefore, one of the persons charged applies to give evidence his

cross-examination must not be conducted with a view to establish the

guilt of the other. Consequently, if it is thought desirable to use

against one prisoner the evidence of another who is being tried with

him, the latter should be released, or a separate verdict of not guilty

taken against him. A prisoner so giving evidence is popularly said to

turn king's evidence. It follows that, subject to what has been said

above as to persons tried together, the evidence of an accomplice is

admissible against his principal, and _vice versa_. The evidence of an

accomplice is, however, always received with great jealousy and caution.

A conviction on the unsupported testimony of an accomplice may, in some

cases, be strictly legal, but the practice is to require it to be

confirmed by unimpeachable testimony in some material part, and more

especially as to his identification of the person or persons against

whom his evidence may be received. The wife of a person charged is now a

competent witness, but, except in certain special cases, she can only

give evidence for the defence, and can only give evidence if her husband

applies that she should do so. The special cases in which a wife can be

called as a witness either for the prosecution or for the defence, and

without the consent of the person charged, are cases arising under

particular enactments scheduled to the act of 1898, and relating mainly

to offences against wives and children, and cases in which the wife is

by common law a competent witness against her husband, i.e. where the

proceeding is against the husband for bodily injury or violence

inflicted on his wife. The rule of exclusion extends only to a lawful

wife. There is no ground for supposing that the wife of a prosecutor is

an incompetent witness. A witness is incompetent if, in the opinion of

the court, he is prevented by extreme youth, disease affecting his mind,

or any other cause of the same kind, from recollecting the matter on

which he is to testify, from understanding the questions put to him,

from giving rational answers to those questions, or from knowing that he

ought to speak the truth. A witness unable to speak or hear is not

incompetent, but may give his evidence by writing or by signs, or in any

other manner in which he can make it intelligible. The particular form

of the religious belief of a witness, or his want of religious belief,

does not affect his competency. This ground of incompetency has now been

finally removed by the Oaths Act 1888. It will be seen that the effect

of the successive enactments which have gradually removed the

disqualifications attaching to various classes of witnesses has been to

draw a distinction between the _competency_ of a witness and his

_credibility_. No person is disqualified on moral or religious grounds,

but his character may be such as to throw grave doubts on the value of

his evidence. No relationship, except to a limited extent that of

husband and wife, excludes from giving evidence. The parent may be

examined on the trial of the child, the child on that of the parent,

master for or against servant, and servant for or against master. The

relationship of the witness to the prosecutor or the prisoner in such

cases may affect the credibility of the witness, but does not exclude

his evidence.

3. _Privilege._--It does not follow that, because a person is

_competent_ to give evidence, he can therefore be compelled to do so.

No one, except a person charged with an offence when giving evidence on

his own application, and as to the offence wherewith he is charged, is

bound to answer a question if the answer would, in the opinion of the

court, have a tendency to expose the witness, or the wife or husband of

the witness, to any criminal charge, penalty, or forfeiture, which the

court regards as reasonably likely to be preferred or sued for.

Accordingly, an accomplice cannot be examined without his consent, but

if an accomplice who has come forward to give evidence on a promise of

pardon, or favourable consideration, refuses to give full and fair

information, he renders himself liable to be convicted on his own

confession. However, even accomplices in such circumstances are not

required to answer on their cross-examination as to other offences.

Where, under the new law, a person charged with an offence offers

himself as a witness, he may be asked any question in cross-examination,

notwithstanding that it would tend to criminate him as to the offence

charged. But he may not be asked, and if he is asked must not be

required to answer, any question tending to show that he has committed,

or been convicted of, or been charged with, any other offence, or is of

bad character, unless:--

(i.) The proof that he has committed, or been convicted of, the other

offence is admissible evidence to show that he is guilty of the

offence with which he is then charged; or,

(ii.) He has personally, or by his advocate, asked questions of the

witnesses for the prosecution, with a view to establish his own good

character, or has given evidence of his good character, or the nature

or conduct of the defence is such as to involve imputations on the

character of the prosecutor or the witnesses for the prosecution; or,

(iii.) He has given evidence against any other person charged with the

same offence.

He may not be asked questions tending to criminate his wife.

The privilege as to criminating answers does not cover answers merely

tending to establish a civil liability. No one is excused from answering

a question or producing a document only because the answer or document

may establish or tend to establish that he owes a debt, or is otherwise

liable to any civil proceeding. It is a privilege for the protection of

the witness, and therefore may be waived by him. But there are other

privileges which cannot be so waived. Thus, on grounds of public policy,

no one can be compelled, or is allowed, to give evidence relating to any

affairs of state, or as to official communications between public

officers upon public affairs, except with the consent of the head of the

department concerned, and this consent is refused if the production of

the information asked for is considered detrimental to the public

service.

Again, in cases in which the government is immediately concerned, no

witness can be compelled to answer any question the answer to which

would tend to discover the names of persons by or to whom information

was given as to the commission of offences. It is, as a rule, for the

court to decide whether the permission of any such question would or

would not, under the circumstances of the particular case, be injurious

to the administration of justice.

A husband is not compellable to disclose any communication made to him

by his wife during the marriage; and a wife is not compellable to

disclose any communication made to her by her husband during the

marriage.

A legal adviser is not permitted, whether during or after the

termination of his employment as such, unless with his client's express

consent, to disclose any communication, oral or documentary, made to him

_as such legal adviser_, by or on behalf of his client, during, in the

course of, and for the purpose of his employment, or to disclose any

advice given by him to his client during, in the course of, and for the

purpose of such employment. But this protection does not extend to--

(a) Any such communication if made in furtherance of any criminal

purpose; nor

(b) Any fact observed by a legal adviser in the course of his employment

as such, showing that any crime or fraud has been committed since the

commencement of his employment, whether his attention was directed to

such fact by or on behalf of his client or not; nor

(c) Any fact with which the legal adviser became acquainted otherwise

than in his character as such.

Medical men and clergymen are not privileged from the disclosure of

communications made to them in professional confidence, but it is not

usual to press for the disclosures of communications made to clergymen.

4. _Oaths._--A witness must give his evidence under the sanction of an

oath, or of what is equivalent to an oath, that is to say, of a solemn

promise to speak the truth. The ordinary form of oath is adapted to

Christians, but a person belonging to a non-Christian religion may be

sworn in any form prescribed or recognized by the custom of his

religion. (See the article OATH.)

5. _Publicity._--The evidence of a witness at a trial must, as a general

rule, be given in open court in the course of the trial. The secrecy

which was such a characteristic feature of the "inquisition" procedure

is abhorrent to English law, and, even where publicity conflicts with

decency, English courts are very reluctant to dispense with or relax the

safeguards for justice which publicity involves.

6. _Examination._--The normal course of procedure is this. The party who

begins, i.e. ordinarily the plaintiff or prosecutor, calls his witnesses

in order. Each witness is first examined on behalf of the party for whom

he is called. This is called the examination in chief. Then he is liable

to be cross-examined on behalf of the other side. And, finally, he may

be re-examined on behalf of his own side. After the case for the other

side has been opened, the same procedure is adopted with the witnesses

for that side. In some cases the party who began is allowed to adduce

further evidence in reply to his opponent's evidence. The examination is

conducted, not by the court, but by or on behalf of the contending

parties. It will be seen that the principle underlying this procedure is

that of the duel, or conflict between two contending parties, each

relying on and using his own evidence, and trying to break down the

evidence of his opponent. It differs from the principle of the

"inquisition" procedure, in which the court takes a more active part,

and in which the cases for the two sides are not so sharply

distinguished. In a continental trial it is often difficult to determine

whether the case for the prosecution or the case for the defence is

proceeding. Conflicting witnesses stand up together and are "confronted"

with each other. In the examination in chief questions must be confined

to matters bearing on the main question at issue, and a witness must not

be asked leading questions, i.e. questions suggesting the answer which

the person putting the question wishes or expects to receive, or

suggesting disputed facts about which the witness is to testify. But the

rule about leading questions is not applied where the questions asked

are simply introductory, and form no part of the real substance of the

inquiry, or where they relate to matters which, though material, are not

disputed. And if the witness called by a person appears to be directly

hostile to him, or interested on the other side, or unwilling to reply,

the reason for the rules applying to examination in chief breaks down,

and the witness may be asked leading questions and cross-examined, and

treated in every respect as though he was a witness called on the other

side, except that a party producing a witness must not impeach his

credit by general evidence of bad character (Evidence and Practice on

Criminal Trials Act 1865). In cross-examination questions not bearing on

the main issue and leading questions may be put and (subject to the

rules as to privilege) must be answered, as the cross-examiner is

entitled to test the examination in chief by every means in his power.

Questions not bearing on the main issue are often asked in

cross-examination merely for the purpose of putting off his guard a

witness who is supposed to have learnt up his story. In

cross-examination questions may also be asked which tend either to test

the accuracy or credibility of the witness, or to shake his credit by

impeaching his motives or injuring his character. The licence allowed in

cross-examination has often been seriously abused, and the power of the

court to check it is recognized by one of the rules of the supreme court

(R.S.C. xxxvi. 39, added in 1883). It is considered wrong to put

questions which assume that facts have been proved which have not been

proved, or that answers have been given contrary to the fact. A witness

ought not to be pressed in cross-examination as to any facts which, if

admitted, would not affect the question at issue or the credibility of

the witness. If the cross-examiner intends to adduce evidence contrary

to the evidence given by the witness, he ought to put to the witness in

cross-examination the substance of the evidence which he proposes to

adduce, in order to give the witness an opportunity of retracting or

explaining. Where a witness has answered a question which only tends to

affect his credibility by injuring his character, it is only in a

limited number of cases that evidence can be given to contradict his

answer. Where he is asked whether he has ever been convicted of any

felony or misdemeanour, and denies or refuses to answer, proof may be

given of the truth of the facts suggested (28 & 29 Vict. c. 15, s. 6).

The same rule is observed where he is asked a question tending to show

that he is not impartial. Where a witness has previously made a

statement inconsistent with his evidence, proof may be given that he did

in fact make it. But before such proof is given the circumstances of the

alleged statement, sufficient to designate the particular occasion,

must be mentioned to the witness, and he must be asked whether he did or

did not make the statement. And if the statement was made in, or has

been reduced to, writing, the attention of the witness must, before the

writing is used against him, be called to those parts of the writing

which are to be used for the purpose of contradicting him (Evidence and

Practice on Criminal Trials Act 1865, ss. 4, 5). The credibility of a

witness may be impeached by the evidence of persons who swear that they,

from their knowledge of the witness, believe him to be unworthy of

credit on his oath. These persons may not on their examination in chief

give reasons for their belief, but they may be asked their reasons in

cross-examination, and their answers cannot be contradicted. When the

credit of a witness is so impeached, the party who called the witness

may give evidence in reply to show that the witness is worthy of credit.

Re-examination must be directed exclusively to the explanation of

matters referred to in cross-examination, and if new matter is, by the

permission of the court, introduced in re-examination, the other side

may further cross-examine upon it. A witness under examination may

refresh his memory by referring to any writing made by himself at or

about the time of the occurrence to which the writing relates, or made

by any other person, and read and found accurate by the witness at or

about the time. An expert may refresh his memory by reference to

professional treatises.

For the history of the English law of evidence, see Brunner,

_Entstehung der Schwurgerichte_; Bigelow, _History of Procedure in

England_; Stephen (Sir J.F.), _History of the Criminal Law of

England_; Pollock and Maitland, _History of English Law_, bk. ii. ch.

ix.; Thayer, Preliminary Treatise on Evidence at the Common Law. The

principal text-books now in use are--Roscoe, _Digest of the Law of

Evidence on the Trial of Actions at Nisi Prius_ (18th ed., 1907);

Roscoe, _Digest of the Law of Evidence in Criminal Cases_ (13th ed.,

1908); Taylor, _Treatise on the Law of Evidence_ (10th ed., 1906);

Best, _Principles of the Law of Evidence_ (10th ed., 1906); Powell,

_Principles and Practice of the Law of Evidence_ (8th ed., 1904);

Stephen, _Digest of the Law of Evidence_ (8th ed., 1907); Wills,

_Theory and Practice of the Law of Evidence_ (1907). For the history

of the law of criminal evidence in France, see Esmein, _Hist. de la

procedure criminelle en France_. For Germany, see Holtzendorff,

_Encyclopadie der Rechtswissenschaft_ (passages indexed under head

"Beweis"); Holtzendorff, _Rechtslexikon_ ("Beweis"). (C. P. I.)

FOOTNOTE:

[1] Reference may be made to a well-known passage in the _Essay

concerning Human Understanding_ (Book iv. ch. xv.): "The grounds of

probability are--First, the conformity of anything with our own

knowledge, observation and experience. Second, the testimony of

others touching their observation and experience. In the testimony of

others is to be considered (1) the number, (2) the integrity, (3) the

skill of the witnesses. (4) The design of the author, where it is a

testimony out of a book cited. (5) The consistency of the parts and

circumstances of the relation. (6) Contrary testimonies."

EVIL EYE. The terror of the arts of "fascination," i.e. that certain

persons can bewitch, injure and even kill with a glance, has been and is

still very widely spread. The power was not thought to be always

maliciously cultivated. It was as often supposed to be involuntary (cf.

Deuteronomy xxviii. 54); and a story is told of a Slav who, afflicted

with the evil eye, at last blinded himself in order that he might not be

the means of injuring his children (Woyciki, _Polish Folklore_, trans.

by Lewenstein, p. 25). Few of the old classic writers fail to refer to

the dread power. In Rome the "evil eye" was so well recognized that

Pliny states that special laws were enacted against injury to crops by

incantation, excantation or fascination. The power was styled [Greek:

baskania] by the Greeks and _fascinatio_ by the Latins. Children and

young animals of all kinds were thought to be specially susceptible.

Charms were worn against the evil eye both by man and beast, and in

Judges viii. 21 it is thought there is a reference to this custom in the

allusion to the "ornaments" on the necks of camels. In classic times the

wearing of amulets was universal. They were of three classes: (1) those

the intention of which was to attract on to themselves, as the

lightning-rod the lightning, the malignant glance; (2) charms hidden in

the bosom of the dress; (3) written words from sacred writings. Of these

three types the first was most numerous. They were oftenest of a

grotesque and generally grossly obscene nature. They were also made in

the form of frogs, beetles and so on. But the ancients did not wholly

rely on amulets. Spitting was among the Greeks and Romans a most common

antidote to the poison of the evil eye. According to Theocritus it is

necessary to spit three times into the breast of the person who fears

fascination. Gestures, too, often intentionally obscene, were regarded

as prophylactics on meeting the dreaded individual. The evil eye was

believed to have its impulse in envy, and thus it came to be regarded

as unlucky to have any of your possessions praised. Among the Romans,

therefore, it was customary when praising anything to add _Praefiscini

dixerim_ (Fain Evil! I should say). This custom survives in modern

Italy, where in like circumstances is said _Si mal occhio non ci fosse_

(May the evil eye not strike it). The object of these conventional

phrases was to prove that the speaker was sincere and had no evil

designs in his praise. Though there is no set formula, traces of the

custom are found in English rural sayings, e.g. the Somersetshire "I

don't wish ee no harm, so I on't zay no more." This is what the Scots

call "fore-speaking," when praise beyond measure is likely to be

followed by disease or accident. A Manxman will never say he is very

well: he usually admits that he is "middling," or qualifies his

admission of good health by adding "now" or "just now." The belief led

in many countries to the saying, when one heard anybody or anything

praised superabundantly, "God preserve him or it." So in Ireland, to

avoid being suspected of having the evil eye, it is advisable when

looking at a child to say "God bless it"; and when passing a farm-yard

where cows are collected at milking time it is usual for the peasant to

say, "The blessing of God be on you and all your labour." Bacon writes:

"It seems some have been so curious as to note that the times when the

stroke ... of an envious eye does most hurt are particularly when the

party envied is beheld in glory and triumph."

The powers of the evil eye seem indeed to have been most feared by the

prosperous. Its powers are often quoted as almost limitless. Thus one

record solemnly declares that in a town of Africa a fascinator called

Elzanar killed by his evil art no less than 80 people in two years (W.W.

Story, _Castle St Angelo_, 1877, p. 149). The belief as affecting cattle

was universal in the Scottish Highlands as late as the 18th century and

still lingers. Thus if a stranger looks admiringly on a cow the peasants

still think she will waste away, and they offer the visitor some of her

milk to drink in the belief that in this manner the spell is broken. The

modern Turks and Arabs also think that their horses and camels are

subject to the evil eye. But the people of Italy, especially the

Neapolitans, are the best modern instances of implicit believers. The

_jettatore_, as the owner of the evil eye is called, is so feared that

at his approach it is scarcely an exaggeration to say that a street will

clear: everybody will rush into doorways or up alleys to avoid the

dreaded glance. The _jettatore di bambini_ (fascinator of children) is

the most dreaded of all. The evil eye is still much feared for horses in

India, China, Turkey, Greece and almost everywhere where horses are

found. In rural England the pig is of all animals oftenest "overlooked."

While the Italians are perhaps the greatest believers in the evil eye as

affecting persons, the superstition is rife in the East. In India the

belief is universal. In Bombay the blast of the evil eye is supposed to

be a form of spirit-possession. In western India all witches and wizards

are said to be evil-eyed. Modern Egyptian mothers thus account for the

sickly appearance of their babies. In Turkey passages from the Koran are

painted on the outside of houses to save the inmates, and texts as

amulets are worn upon the person, or hung upon camels and horses by

Arabs, Abyssinians and other peoples. The superstition is universal

among savage races.

For a full discussion see _Evil Eye_ by F.T. Elworthy (London, 1895);

also W.W. Story, _Castle St Angelo and the Evil Eye_ (1877); E.N.

Rolfe and H. Ingleby, _Naples in 1888_ (1888); Johannes Christian

Frommann, _Tractatus de fascinatione novus et singularis_, &c., &c.

(Nuremburg, 1675); R.C. Maclagan, _Evil Eye in the Western Highlands_

(1902).

EVOLUTION. The modern doctrine of evolution or "evolving," as opposed to

that of simple creation, has been defined by Prof. James Sully in the

9th edition of this encyclopaedia as a "natural history of the cosmos

including organic beings, expressed in physical terms as a mechanical

process." The following exposition of the historical development of the

doctrine is taken from Sully's article, and for the most part is in his

own words.

In the modern doctrine of evolution the cosmic system appears as a

natural product of elementary matter and its laws. The various grades of

life on our planet are the natural consequences of certain physical

processes involved in the gradual transformations of the earth.

Conscious life is viewed as conditioned by physical (organic and more

especially nervous) processes, and as evolving itself in close

correlation with organic evolution. Finally, human development, as

exhibited in historical and prehistorical records, is regarded as the

highest and most complex result of organic and physical evolution. This

modern doctrine of evolution is but an expansion and completion of those

physical theories (see below) which opened the history of speculation.

It differs from them in being grounded on exact and verified research.

As such, moreover, it is a much more limited theory of evolution than

the ancient. It does not necessarily concern itself about the question

of the infinitude of worlds in space and in time. It is content to

explain the origin and course of development of the world, the solar or,

at most, the sidereal system which falls under our own observation. It

would be difficult to say what branches of science had done most towards

the establishment of this doctrine. We must content ourselves by

referring to the progress of physical (including chemical) theory, which

has led to the great generalization of the conservation of energy; to

the discovery of the fundamental chemical identity of the matter of our

planet and of other celestial bodies, and of the chemical relations of

organic and inorganic bodies; to the advance of astronomical speculation

respecting the origin of the solar system, &c.; to the growth of the

science of geology which has necessitated the conception of vast and

unimaginable periods of time in the past history of our globe, and to

the rapid march of the biological sciences which has made us familiar

with the simplest types and elements of organism; finally, to the

development of the science of anthropology (including comparative

psychology, philology, &c.), and to the vast extension and improvement

of all branches of historical study.

_History of the Idea of Evolution._--The doctrine of evolution in its

finished and definite form is a modern product. It required for its

formation an amount of scientific knowledge which could only be very

gradually acquired. It is vain, therefore, to look for clearly defined

and systematic presentations of the idea among ancient writers. On the

other hand, nearly all systems of philosophy have discussed the

underlying problems. Such questions as the origin of the cosmos as a

whole, the production of organic beings and of conscious minds, and the

meaning of the observable grades of creation, have from the dawn of

speculation occupied men's minds; and the answers to these questions

often imply a vague recognition of the idea of a gradual evolution of

things. Accordingly, in tracing the antecedents of the modern

philosophic doctrine we shall have to glance at most of the principal

systems of cosmology, ancient and modern. Yet since in these systems

inquiries into the _esse_ and _fieri_ of the world are rarely

distinguished with any precision, it will be necessary to indicate very

briefly the general outlines of the system so far as they are necessary

for understanding their bearing on the problems of evolution.

_Mythological Interpretation._--The problem of the origin of the world

was the first to engage man's speculative activity. Nor was this line of

inquiry pursued simply as a step in the more practical problem of man's

final destiny. The order of ideas observable in children suggests the

reflection that man began to discuss the "whence" of existence before

the "whither." At first, as in the case of the child, the problem of the

genesis of things was conceived anthropomorphically: the question "How

did the world arise?" first shaped itself to the human mind under the

form "Who made the world?" As long as the problem was conceived in this

simple manner there was, of course, no room for the idea of a necessary

self-conditioned evolution. Yet the first indistinct germ of such an

idea appears to emerge in combination with that of creation in some of

the ancient systems of theogony. Thus, for example, in the myth of the

ancient Parsees, the gods Ormuzd and Ahriman are said to evolve

themselves out of a primordial matter. It may be supposed that these

crude fancies embody a dim recognition of the physical forces and

objects personified under the forms of deities, and a rude attempt to

account for their genesis as a natural process. These first

unscientific ideas of a genesis of the permanent objects of nature took

as their pattern the process of organic reproduction and development,

and this, not only because these objects were regarded as personalities,

but also because this particular mode of becoming would most impress

these early observers. This same way of looking at the origin of the

material world is illustrated in the Egyptian notion of a cosmic egg out

of which issues the god (Phta) who creates the world.

_Indian Philosophy._--Passing from mythology to speculation properly so

called, we find in the early systems of philosophy of India theories of

emanation which approach in some respects the idea of evolution. Brahma

is conceived as the eternal self-existent being, which on its material

side unfolds itself to the world by gradually condensing itself to

material objects through the gradations of ether, fire, water, earth and

the elements. At the same time this eternal being is conceived as the

all-embracing world-soul from which emanates the hierarchy of individual

souls. In the later system of emanation of Sankhya there is a more

marked approach to a materialistic doctrine of evolution. If, we are

told, we follow the chain of causes far enough back we reach unlimited

eternal creative nature or matter. Out of this "principal thing" or

"original nature" all material and spiritual existence issues, and into

it will return. Yet this primordial creative nature is endowed with

volition with regard to its own development. Its first emanation as

plastic nature contains the original soul or deity out of which all

individual souls issue.

_Early Greek Physicists._--Passing by Buddhism, which, though teaching

the periodic destruction of our world by fire, &c., does not seek to

determine the ultimate origin of the cosmos, we come to those early

Greek physical philosophers who distinctly set themselves to eliminate

the idea of divine interference with the world by representing its

origin and changes as a natural process. The early Ionian physicists,

including Thales, Anaximander and Anaximenes, seek to explain the world

as generated out of a primordial matter (Gr. [Greek: hyle]; hence the

name "Hylozoists"), which is at the same time the universal support of

things. This substance is endowed with a generative or transmutative

force by virtue of which it passes into a succession of forms. They thus

resemble modern evolutionists, since they regard the world with its

infinite variety of forms as issuing from a simple mode of matter. More

especially the cosmology of Anaximander resembles the modern doctrine of

evolution in its conception of the indeterminate ([Greek: to apeiron])

out of which the particular forms of the cosmos are differentiated.

Again, Anaximander may be said to prepare the way for more modern

conceptions of material evolution by regarding his primordial substance

as eternal, and by looking on all generation as alternating with

destruction, each step of the process being of course simply a

transformation of the indestructible substance. Once more, the notion

that this indeterminate body contains potentially in itself the

fundamental contraries--hot, cold, &c.--by the excretion or evolution of

which definite substances were generated, is clearly a forecasting of

that antithesis of potentiality and actuality which from Aristotle

downwards has been made the basis of so many theories of development. In

conclusion, it is noteworthy that though resorting to utterly fanciful

hypotheses respecting the order of the development of the world,

Anaximander agrees with modern evolutionists in conceiving the heavenly

bodies as arising out of an aggregation of diffused matter, and in

assigning to organic life an origin in the inorganic materials of the

primitive earth (pristine mud). The doctrine of Anaximenes, who unites

the conceptions of a determinate and indeterminate original substance

adopted by Thales and Anaximander in the hypothesis of a primordial and

all-generating air, is a clear advance on these theories, inasmuch as it

introduces the scientific idea of condensation and rarefaction as the

great generating or transforming agencies. For the rest, his theory is

chiefly important as emphasizing the vital character of the original

substance. The primordial air is conceived as animated. Anaximenes seems

to have inclined to a view of cosmic evolution as throughout involving

a quasi-spiritual factor. This idea of the air as the original principle

and source of life and intelligence is much more clearly expressed by a

later writer, Diogenes of Apollonia. Diogenes made this conception of a

vital and intelligent air the ground of a teleological view of climatic

and atmospheric phenomena. It is noteworthy that he sought to establish

the identity of organic and inorganic matter by help of the facts of

vegetal and animal nutrition. Diogenes distinctly taught that the world

is of finite duration, and will be renewed out of the primitive

substance.

Heraclitus again deserves a prominent place in a history of the idea of

evolution. Heraclitus conceives of the incessant process of flux in

which all things are involved as consisting of two sides or

moments--generation and decay--which are regarded as a confluence of

opposite streams. In thus making transition or change, viewed as the

identity of existence and non-existence, the leading idea of his system,

Heraclitus anticipated in some measure Hegel's peculiar doctrine of

evolution as a dialectic process.[1] At the same time we may find

expressed in figurative language the germs of thoughts which enter into

still newer doctrines of evolution. For example, the notion of conflict

([Greek: polemos]) as the father of all things and of harmony as arising

out of a union of discords, and again of an endeavour by individual

things to maintain themselves in permanence against the universal

process of destruction and renovation, cannot but remind one of certain

fundamental ideas in Darwin's theory of evolution.

_Empedocles._--Empedocles took an important step in the direction of

modern conceptions of physical evolution by teaching that all things

arise, not by transformations of some primitive form of matter, but by

various combinations of a number of permanent elements. Further, by

maintaining that the elements are continually being combined and

separated by the two forces love and hatred, which appear to represent

in a figurative way the physical forces of attraction and repulsion,

Empedocles may be said to have made a considerable advance in the

construction of the idea of evolution as a strictly mechanical process.

It may be observed, too, that the hypothesis of a primitive compact mass

(_sphaerus_), in which love (attraction) is supreme, has some curious

points of similarity to, and contrast with, that notion of a primitive

nebulous matter with which the modern doctrine of cosmic evolution

usually sets out. Empedocles tries to explain the genesis of organic

beings, and, according to Lange, anticipates the idea of Darwin that

adaptations abound, because it is their nature to perpetuate themselves.

He further recognizes a progress in the production of vegetable and

animal forms, though this part of his theory is essentially crude and

unscientific. More important in relation to the modern problems of

evolution is his thoroughly materialistic way of explaining the origin

of sensation and knowledge by help of his peculiar hypothesis of

effluvia and pores. The supposition that sensation thus rests on a

material process of absorption from external bodies naturally led up to

the idea that plants and even inorganic substances are precipient, and

so to an indistinct recognition of organic life as a scale of

intelligence.

_Atomists._--In the theory of Atomism taught by Leucippus and Democritus

we have the basis of the modern mechanical conceptions of cosmic

evolution. Here the endless harmonious diversity of our cosmos, as well

as of other worlds supposed to coexist with our own, is said to arise

through the various combination of indivisible material elements

differing in figure and magnitude only. The force which brings the atoms

together in the forms of objects is inherent in the elements, and all

their motions are necessary. The origin of things, which is also their

substance, is thus laid in the simplest and most homogeneous elements or

principles. The real world thus arising consists only of diverse

combinations of atoms, having the properties of magnitude, figure,

weight and hardness, all other qualities being relative only to the

sentient organism. The problem of the genesis of mind is practically

solved by identifying the soul, or vital principle, with heat or fire

which pervades in unequal proportions, not only man and animals, but

plants and nature as a whole, and through the agitation of which by

incoming effluvia all sensation arises.

_Aristotle._--Aristotle is much nearer a conception of evolution than

his master Plato. It is true he sets out with a transcendent Deity, and

follows Plato in viewing the creation of the cosmos as a process of

descent from the more to the less perfect according to the distance from

the original self-moving agency. Yet on the whole Aristotle leans to a

teleological theory of evolution, which he interprets dualistually by

means of certain metaphysical distinctions. Thus even his idea of the

relation of the divine activity to the world shows a tendency to a

pantheistic notion of a divine thought which gradually realizes itself

in the process of becoming. Aristotle's distinction of form and matter,

and his conception of becoming as a transition from actuality to

potentiality, provides a new ontological way of conceiving the process

of material and organic evolution.[2] To Aristotle the whole of nature

is instinct with a vital impulse towards some higher manifestation.

Organic life presents itself to him as a progressive scale of complexity

determined by its final end, namely, man.[3] In some respects Aristotle

approaches the modern view of evolution. Thus, though he looked on

species as fixed, being the realization of an unchanging formative

principle ([Greek: physis]), he seems, as Ueberweg observes, to have

inclined to entertain the possibility of a spontaneous generation in the

case of the lowest organisms. Aristotle's teleological conception of

organic evolution often approaches modern mechanical conceptions. Thus

he says that nature fashions organs in the order of their necessity, the

first being those essential to life. So, too, in his psychology he

speaks of the several degrees of mind as arising according to a

progressive necessity.[4] In his view of touch and taste, as the two

fundamental and essential senses, he may remind one of Herbert Spencer's

doctrine. At the same time Aristotle precludes the idea of a natural

development of the mental series by the supposition that man contains,

over and above a natural finite soul inseparable from the body, a

substantial and eternal principle ([Greek: nous]) which enters into the

individual from without. Aristotle's brief suggestions respecting the

origin of society and governments in the _Politics_ show a leaning to a

naturalistic interpretation of human history as a development

conditioned by growing necessities.

_Strato._--Of Aristotle's immediate successors one deserves to be

noticed here, namely, Strato of Lampsacus, who developed his master's

cosmology into a system of naturalism. Strato appears to reject

Aristotle's idea of an original source of movement and life extraneous

to the world in favour of an immanent principle. All parts of matter

have an inward plastic life whereby they can fashion themselves to the

best advantage, according to their capability, though not with

consciousness.

_The Stoics._--In the cosmology of the Stoics we have the germ of a

monistic and pantheistic conception of evolution. All things are said to

be developed out of an original being, which is at once material (fire)

and spiritual (the Deity), and in turn they will dissolve back into this

primordial source. At the same time the world as a developed whole is

regarded as an organism which is permeated with the divine Spirit, and

so we may say that the world-process is a self-realization of the divine

Being. The formative principle or force of the world is said to contain

the several rational germinal forms of things. Individual things are

supposed to arise out of the original being, as animals and plants out

of seeds. Individual souls are an efflux from the all-compassing

world-soul. The necessity in the world's order is regarded by the Stoics

as identical with the divine reason, and this idea is used as the basis

of a teleological and optimistic view of nature. Very curious, in

relation to modern evolutional ideas, is the Stoical doctrine that our

world is but one of a series of exactly identical ones, all of which

are destined to be burnt up and destroyed.

_The Epicureans--Lucretius._--The Epicureans differed from the Stoics by

adopting a purely mechanical view of the world-process. Their

fundamental conception is that of Democritus; they seek to account for

the formation of the cosmos, with its order and regularity, by setting

out with the idea of an original (vertical) motion of the atoms, which

somehow or other results in movements towards and from one another. Our

world is but one of an infinite number of others, and all the harmonies

and adaptations of the universe are regarded as a special case of the

infinite possibilities of mechanical events. Lucretius regards the

primitive atoms (first beginnings or first bodies) as seeds out of which

individual things are developed. All living and sentient things are

formed out of insentient atoms (e.g. worms spring out of dung). The

peculiarity of organic and sentient bodies is due to the minuteness and

shape of their particles, and to their special motions and combinations.

So, too, mind consists but of extremely fine particles of matter, and

dissolves into air when the body dies. Lucretius traces, in the fifth

book of his poem, the progressive genesis of vegetal and animal forms

out of the mother-earth. He vaguely anticipates the modern idea of the

world as a survival of the fittest when he says that many races may have

lived and died out, and that those which still exist have been protected

either by craft, courage or speed. Lucretius touches on the development

of man out of a primitive, hardy, beast-like condition. Pregnant hints

are given respecting a natural development of language which has its

germs in sounds of quadrupeds and birds, of religious ideas out of

dreams and waking hallucinations, and of the art of music by help of the

suggestion of natural sounds. Lucretius thus recognizes the whole range

of existence to which the doctrine of evolution may be applied.

_Neoplatonists._--In the doctrines of the Neoplatonists, of whom

Plotinus is the most important, we have the world-process represented

after the example of Plato as a series of descending steps, each being

less perfect than its predecessors, since it is further removed from the

first cause.[5] The system of Plotinus, Zellar remarks, is not strictly

speaking one of emanation, since there is no communication of the divine

essence to the created world; yet it resembles emanation inasmuch as the

genesis of the world is conceived as a necessary physical effect, and

not as the result of volition. In Proclus we find this conception of an

emanation of the world out of the Deity, or the absolute, made more

exact, the process being regarded as threefold--(1) persistence of cause

in effect, (2) the departure of effect from cause, and (3) the tendency

of effect to revert to its cause.

_The Fathers._--The speculations of the fathers respecting the origin

and course of the world seek to combine Christian ideas of the Deity

with doctrines of Greek philosophy. The common idea of the origin of

things is that of an absolute creation of matter and mind alike. The

course of human history is regarded by those writers who are most

concerned to refute Judaism as a progressive divine education. Among the

Gnostics we meet with the hypothesis of emanation, as, for example, in

the curious cosmic theory of Valentinus.

_Middle Ages--Early Schoolmen._--In the speculative writings of the

middle ages, including those of the schoolmen, we find no progress

towards a more accurate and scientific view of nature. The cosmology of

this period consists for the most part of the Aristotelian teleological

view of nature combined with the Christian idea of the Deity and His

relation to the world. In certain writers, however, there appears a more

elaborate transformation of the doctrine of creation into a system of

emanation. According to John Scotus Erigena, the nothing out of which

the world is created is the divine essence. Creation is the act by which

God passes through the primordial causes, or universal ideas, into the

region of particular things (_processio_), in order finally to return to

himself (_reversio_). The transition from the universal to the

particular is of course conceived as a descent or degradation. A similar

doctrine of emanation is to be found in the writings of Bernhard of

Chartres, who conceives the process of the unfolding of the world as a

movement in a circle from the most general to the individual, and from

this back to the most general. This movement is said to go forth from

God to the animated heaven, stars, visible world and man, which

represent decreasing degrees of cognition.

_Arab Philosophers._--Elaborate doctrines of emanation, largely based on

Neoplatonic ideas, are also propounded by some of the Arabic

philosophers, as by Farabi and Avicenna. The leading thought is that of

a descending series of intelligences, each emanating from its

predecessor, and having its appropriate region in the universe.

_Jewish Philosophy._--In the Jewish speculations of the middle ages may

be found curious forms of the doctrine of emanations uniting the

Biblical idea of creation with elements drawn from the Persians and the

Greeks. In the later and developed form of the Kabbala, the origin of

the world is represented as a gradually descending emanation of the

lower out of the higher. Among the philosophic Jews, the Spanish

Avicebron, in his _Fons Vitae_, expounds a curious doctrine of

emanation. Here the divine will is viewed as an efflux from the divine

wisdom, as the intermediate link between God, the first substance, and

all things, and as the fountain out of which all forms emanate. At the

same time all forms, including the higher intelligible ones, are said to

have their existence only in matter. Matter is the one universal

substance, body and mind being merely specifications of this. Thus

Avicebron approaches, as Salomon Munk observes,[6] a pantheistic

conception of the world, though he distinctly denies both matter and

form to God.

_Later Scholastics._--Passing now to the later schoolmen, a bare mention

must be made of Thomas Aquinas, who elaborately argues for the absolute

creation of the world out of nothing, and of Albertus Magnus, who

reasons against the Aristotelian idea of the past eternity of the world.

More importance attaches to Duns Scotus, who brings prominently forward

the idea of a progressive development in nature by means of a process of

determination. The original substance of the world is the _materia

primo-prima_, which is the immediate creation of the Deity. This serves

Duns Scotus as the most universal basis of existence, all angels having

material bodies. This matter is differentiated into particular things

(which are not privations but perfections) through the addition of an

individualizing principle (_haecceitas_) to the universal (_quidditas_).

The whole world is represented by the figure of a tree, of which the

seeds and roots are the first indeterminate matter, the leaves the

accidents, the twigs and branches corruptible creatures, the blossoms

the rational soul, and the fruit pure spirits or angels. It is also

described as a bifurcation of two twigs, mental and bodily creation out

of a common root. One might almost say that Duns Scotus recognizes the

principle of a gradual physical evolution, only that he chooses to

represent the mechanism by which the process is brought about by means

of quaint scholastic fictions.

_Revival of Learning._--The period of the revival of learning, which was

also that of a renewed study of nature, is marked by a considerable

amount of speculation respecting the origin of the universe. In some of

these we see a return to Greek theories, though the influence of

physical discoveries, more especially those of Copernicus, Kepler and

Galileo, is distinctly traceable.

_Telesio._--An example of a return to early Greek speculation is to be

met with in Bernardino Telesio. By this writer the world is explained as

a product of three principles--dead matter, and two active forces, heat

and cold. Terrestrial things arise through a confluence of heat, which

issues from the heavens, and cold, which comes from the earth. Both

principles have sensibility, and thus all products of their collision

are sentient, that is, feel pleasure and pain. The superiority of

animals to plants and metals in the possession of special organs of

sense is connected with the greater complexity and heterogeneity of

their structure.

_Giordano Bruno._--In the system of Giordano Bruno, who sought to

construct a philosophy of nature on the basis of new scientific ideas,

more particularly the doctrine of Copernicus, we find the outlines of a

theory of cosmic evolution conceived as an essentially vital process.

Matter and form are here identified, and the evolution of the world is

presented as the unfolding of the world-spirit to its perfect forms

according to the plastic substratum (matter) which is but one of its

sides. This process of change is conceived as a transformation, in

appearance only, of the real unchanging substance (matter and form). All

parts of matter are capable of developing into all forms; thus the

materials of the table and chair may under proper circumstances be

developed to the life of the plant or of the animal. The elementary

parts of existence are the _minima_, or monads, which are at once

material and mental. On their material side they are not absolutely

unextended, but spherical. Bruno looked on our solar system as but one

out of an infinite number of worlds. His theory of evolution is

essentially pantheistic, and he does not employ his hypothesis of monads

in order to work out a more mechanical conception.

_Campanella._--A word must be given to one of Bruno's contemporary

compatriots, namely Campanella, who gave poetic expression to that

system of universal vitalism which Bruno developed. He argues, from the

principle _quicquid est in effectibus esse et in causis_, that the

elements and the whole world have sensation, and thus he appears to

derive the organic part of nature out of the so-called "inorganic."

_Boehme._--Another writer of this transition period deserves a passing

reference here, namely, Jacob Boehme the mystic, who by his conception

of a process of inner diremption as the essential character of all mind,

and so of God, prepared the way for later German theories of the origin

of the world as the self-differentiation and self-externalization of the

absolute spirit.

_Hobbes and Gassendi._--The influence of an advancing study of nature,

which was stimulated if not guided by Bacon's writings, is seen in the

more careful doctrines of materialism worked out almost simultaneously

by Hobbes and Gassendi. These theories, however, contain little that

bears directly on the hypothesis of a natural evolution of things. In

the view of Hobbes, the difficulty of the genesis of conscious minds is

solved by saying that sensation and thought are part of the reaction of

the organism on external movement. Yet Hobbes appears (as Clarke points

out) to have vaguely felt the difficulty; and in a passage of his

_Physics_ (chap. 25, sect. 5) he says that the universal existence of

sensation in matter cannot be disproved, though he shows that when there

are no organic arrangements the mental side of the movement

(_phantasma_) is evanescent. The theory of the origin of society put

forth by Hobbes, though directly opposed in most respects to modern

ideas of social evolution, deserves mention here by reason of its

enforcing that principle of struggle (_bellum omnium contra omnes_)

which has played so conspicuous a part in the modern doctrine of

evolution. Gassendi, with some deviations, follows Epicurus in his

theory of the formation of the world. The world consists of a finite

number of atoms, which have in their own nature a self-moving force or

principle. These atoms, which are the seeds of all things, are, however,

not eternal but created by God. Gassendi distinctly argues against the

existence of a world-soul or a principle of life in nature.

_Descartes._--In the philosophy of Descartes we meet with a dualism of

mind and matter which does not easily lend itself to the conception of

evolution. His doctrine that consciousness is confined to man, the lower

animals being unconscious machines (_automata_), excludes all idea of a

progressive development of mind. Yet Descartes, in his _Principia

Philosophiae_, laid the foundation of the modern mechanical conception

of nature and of physical evolution. In the third part of this work he

inclines to a thoroughly natural hypothesis respecting the genesis of

the physical world, and adds in the fourth part that the same kind of

explanation might be applied to the nature and formation of plants and

animals. He is indeed careful to keep right with the orthodox doctrine

of creation by saying that he does not believe the world actually arose

in this mechanical way out of the three kinds of elements which he here

supposes, but that he simply puts out his hypothesis as a mode of

conceiving how it might have arisen. Descartes's account of the mind and

its passions is thoroughly materialistic, and to this extent he works in

the direction of a materialistic explanation of the origin of mental

life.

_Spinoza._--In Spinoza's pantheistic theory of the world, which regards

thought and extension as but two sides of one substance, the problem of

becoming is submerged in that of being. Although Spinoza's theory

attributes a mental side to all physical events, he rejects all

teleological conceptions and explains the order of things as the result

of an inherent necessity. He recognizes gradations of things according

to the degree of complexity of their movements and that of their

conceptions. To Spinoza (as Kuno Fischer observes) man differs from the

rest of nature in the degree only and not in the kind of his powers. So

far Spinoza approaches the conception of evolution. He may be said to

furnish a further contribution to a metaphysical conception of evolution

in his view of all finite individual things as the infinite variety to

which the unlimited productive power of the universal substance gives

birth. Sir F. Pollock has taken pains to show how nearly Spinoza

approaches certain ideas contained in the modern doctrine of evolution,

as for example that of self-preservation as the determining force in

things.

_Locke._--In Locke we find, with a retention of certain

anti-evolutionist ideas, a marked tendency to this mode of viewing the

world. To Locke the universe is the result of a direct act of creation,

even matter being limited in duration and created. Even if matter were

eternal it would, he thinks, be incapable of producing motion; and if

motion is itself conceived as eternal, thought can never begin to be.

The first eternal being is thus spiritual or "cogitative," and contains

in itself all the perfections that can ever after exist. He repeatedly

insists on the impossibility of senseless matter putting on sense.[7]

Yet while thus placing himself at a point of view opposed to that of a

gradual evolution of the organic world, Locke prepared the way for this

doctrine in more ways than one. First of all, his genetic method as

applied to the mind's ideas--which laid the foundations of English

analytical psychology--was a step in the direction of a conception of

mental life as a gradual evolution. Again he works towards the same end

in his celebrated refutation of the scholastic theory of real specific

essences. In this argument he emphasizes the vagueness of the boundaries

which mark off organic species with a view to show that these do not

correspond to absolutely fixed divisions in the objective world, that

they are made by the mind, not by nature.[8] This idea of the continuity

of species is developed more fully in a remarkable passage (_Essay_, bk.

iii. ch. vi. S 12), where he is arguing in favour of the hypothesis,

afterwards elaborated by Leibnitz, of a graduated series of minds

(species of spirits) from the Deity down to the lowest animal

intelligence. He here observes that "all quite down from us the descent

is by easy steps, and a continued series of things, that in each remove

differ very little from one another." Thus man approaches the beasts,

and the animal kingdom is nearly joined with the vegetable, and so on

down to the lowest and "most inorganical parts of matter." Finally, it

is to be observed that Locke had a singularly clear view of organic

arrangements (which of course he explained according to a theistic

teleology) as an adaptation to the circumstances of the environment or

to "the neighbourhood of the bodies that surround us." Thus he suggests

that man has not eyes of a microscopic delicacy, because he would

receive no great advantage from such acute organs, since though adding

indefinitely to his speculative knowledge of the physical world they

would not practically benefit their possessor (e.g. by enabling him to

avoid things at a convenient distance).[9]

_Idea of Progress in History._--Before leaving the 17th century we must

just refer to the writers who laid the foundations of the essentially

modern conception of human history as a gradual upward progress.

According to Flint,[10] there were four men who in this and the

preceding century seized and made prominent this idea, namely, Bodin,

Bacon, Descartes and Pascal. The former distinctly argues against the

idea of a deterioration of man in the past. In this way we see that just

as advancing natural science was preparing the way for a doctrine of

physical evolution, so advancing historical research was leading to the

application of a similar idea to the collective human life.

_English Writers of the 18th Century--Hume._--The theological

discussions which make up so large a part of the English speculation of

the 18th century cannot detain us here. There is, however, one writer

who sets forth so clearly the alternative suppositions respecting the

origin of the world that he claims a brief notice. We refer to David

Hume. In his _Dialogues concerning Natural Religion_ he puts forward

tentatively, in the person of one of his interlocutors, the ancient

hypothesis that since the world resembles an animal or vegetal organism

rather than a machine, it might more easily be accounted for by a

process of generation than by an act of creation. Later on he develops

the materialistic view of Epicurus, only modifying it so far as to

conceive of matter as finite. Since a finite number of particles is only

susceptible of finite transpositions, it must happen (he says), in an

eternal duration that every possible order or position will be tried an

infinite number of times, and hence this world is to be regarded (as the

Stoics maintained) as an exact reproduction of previous worlds. The

speaker seeks to make intelligible the appearance of art and contrivance

in the world as a result of a natural settlement of the universe (which

passes through a succession of chaotic conditions) into a stable

condition, having a constancy in its forms, yet without its several

parts losing their motion and fluctuation.

_French Writers of the 18th Century._--Let us now pass to the French

writers of the 18th century. Here we are first struck by the results of

advancing physical speculation in their bearing on the conception of the

world. Careful attempts, based on new scientific truths, are made to

explain the genesis of the world as a natural process. Maupertuis, who,

together with Voltaire, introduced the new idea of the universe as based

on Newton's discoveries, sought to account for the origin of organic

things by the hypothesis of sentient atoms. Buffon the naturalist

speculated, not only on the structure and genesis of organic beings, but

also on the course of formation of the earth and solar system, which he

conceived after the analogy of the development of organic beings out of

seed. Diderot, too, in his varied intellectual activity, found time to

speculate on the genesis of sensation and thought out of a combination

of matter endowed with an elementary kind of sentience. De la Mettrie

worked out a materialistic doctrine of the origin of things, according

to which sensation and consciousness are nothing but a development out

of matter. He sought (_L'Homme-machine_) to connect man in his original

condition with the lower animals, and emphasized (_L'Homme-plante_) the

essential unity of plan of all living things. Helvetius, in his work on

man, referred all differences between our species and the lower animals

to certain peculiarities of organization, and so prepared the way for a

conception of human development out of lower forms as a process of

physical evolution. Charles Bonnet met the difficulty of the origin of

conscious beings much in the same way as Leibnitz, by the supposition of

eternal minute organic bodies to which are attached immortal souls. Yet

though in this way opposing himself to the method of the modern doctrine

of evolution, he aided the development of this doctrine by his view of

the organic world as an ascending scale from the simple to the complex.

Robinet, in his treatise _De la nature_, worked out the same conception

of a gradation in organic existence, connecting this with a general view

of nature as a progress from the lowest inorganic forms of matter up to

man. The process is conceived as an infinite series of variations or

specifications of one primitive and common type. Man is the

_chef-d'oeuvre_ of nature, which the gradual progression of beings was

to have as its last term, and all lower creations are regarded as

pre-conditions of man's existence, since nature "could only realize the

human form by combining in all imaginable ways each of the traits which

was to enter into it." The formative force in this process of evolution

(or "metamorphosis") is conceived as an intellectual principle (_idee

generatrice_). Robinet thus laid the foundation of that view of the

world as wholly vital, and as a progressive unfolding of a spiritual

formative principle, which was afterwards worked out by Schelling. It is

to be added that Robinet adopted a thorough-going materialistic view of

the dependence of mind on body, going even to the length of assigning

special nerve-fibres to the moral sense. The system of Holbach seeks to

provide a consistent materialistic view of the world and its processes.

Mental operations are identified with physical movements, the three

conditions of physical movement, inertia, attraction and repulsion,

being in the moral world self-love, love and hate. He left open the

question whether the capability of sensation belongs to all matter, or

is confined to the combinations of certain materials. He looked on the

actions of the individual organism and of society as determined by the

needs of self-preservation. He conceived of man as a product of nature

that had gradually developed itself from a low condition, though he

relinquished the problem of the exact mode of his first genesis and

advance as not soluble by data of experience. Holbach thus worked out

the basis of a rigorously materialistic conception of evolution.

The question of human development which Holbach touched on was one which

occupied many minds both in and out of France during the 18th century,

and more especially towards its close. The foundations of this theory of

history as an upward progress of man out of a barbaric and animal

condition were laid by Vico in his celebrated work _Principii di scienza

nuova_. In France the doctrine was represented by Turgot and Condorcet.

_German Writers of the 18th Century--Leibnitz._--In Leibnitz we find, if

not a doctrine of evolution in the strict sense, a theory of the world

which is curiously related to the modern doctrine. The chief aim of

Leibnitz is no doubt to account for the world in its static aspect as a

co-existent whole, to conceive the ultimate reality of things in such a

way as to solve the mystery of mind and matter. Yet by his very mode of

solving the problem he is led on to consider the nature of the

world-process. By placing substantial reality in an infinite number of

monads whose essential nature is force or activity, which is conceived

as mental (representation), Leibnitz was carried on to the explanation

of the successive order of the world. He prepares the way, too, for a

doctrine of evolution by his monistic idea of the substantial similarity

of all things, inorganic and organic, bodily and spiritual, and still

more by his conception of a perfect gradation of existence from the

lowest "inanimate" objects, whose essential activity is confused

representation, up to the highest organized being--man--with his clear

intelligence.[11] Turning now to Leibnitz's conception of the world as a

process, we see first that he supplies, in his notion of the underlying

reality as force which is represented as spiritual (_quelque chose

d'analogique au sentiment et a l'appetit_), both a mechanical and a

teleological explanation of its order. More than this, Leibnitz supposes

that the activity of the monads takes the form of a self-evolution. It

is the following out of an inherent tendency or impulse to a series of

changes, all of which were virtually pre-existent, and this process

cannot be interfered with from without. As the individual monad, so the

whole system which makes up the world is a gradual development. In this

case, however, we cannot say that each step goes out of the other as in

that of individual development. Each monad is an original independent

being, and is determined to take this particular point in the universe,

this place in the scale of beings. We see how different this

metaphysical conception is from that scientific notion of cosmic

evolution in which the lower stages are the antecedents and conditions

of the higher. It is probable that Leibnitz's notion of time and space,

which approaches Kant's theory, led him to attach but little importance

to the successive order of the world. Leibnitz, in fact, presents to us

an infinite system of perfectly distinct though parallel developments,

which on their mental side assume the aspect of a scale, not through any

mutual action, but solely through the determination of the Deity. Even

this idea, however, is incomplete, for Leibnitz fails to explain the

physical aspect of development. Thus he does not account for the fact

that organic beings--which have always existed as preformations (in the

case of animals as _animaux spermatiques_)--come to be developed under

given conditions. Yet Leibnitz prepared the way for a new conception of

organic evolution. The modern monistic doctrine, that all material

things consist of sentient elements, and that consciousness arises

through a combination of these, was a natural transformation of

Leibnitz's theory.[12]

_Lessing._--Of Leibnitz's immediate followers we may mention Lessing,

who in his _Education of the Human Race_ brought out the truth of the

process of gradual development underlying human history, even though he

expressed this in a form inconsistent with the idea of a spontaneous

evolution.

_Herder._--Herder, on the other hand, Lessing's contemporary, treated

the subject of man's development in a thoroughly naturalistic spirit. In

his I_deen zur Philosophie der Geschichte_, Herder adopts Leibnitz's

idea of a graduated scale of beings, at the same time conceiving of the

lower stages as the conditions of the higher. Thus man is said to be the

highest product of nature, and as such to be dependent on all lower

products. All material things are assimilated to one another as organic,

the vitalizing principle being inherent in all matter. The development

of man is explained in connexion with that of the earth, and in relation

to climatic variations, &c. Man's mental faculties are viewed as related

to his organization, and as developed under the pressure of the

necessities of life.[13]

_Kant._--Kant's relation to the doctrine of evolution is a many-sided

one. In the first place, his peculiar system of subjective idealism,

involving the idea that time is but a mental form to which there

corresponds nothing in the sphere of noumenal reality, serves to give a

peculiar philosophical interpretation to every doctrine of cosmic

evolution. Kant, like Leibnitz, seeks to reconcile the mechanical and

teleological views of nature, only he assigns to these different

spheres. The order of the inorganic world is explained by properly

physical causes. In his _Naturgeschichte des Himmels_, in which he

anticipated the nebular theory afterwards more fully developed by

Laplace, Kant sought to explain the genesis of the cosmos as a product

of physical forces and laws. The worlds, or systems of worlds, which

fill infinite space are continually being formed and destroyed. Chaos

passes by a process of evolution into a cosmos, and this again into

chaos. So far as the evolution of the solar system is concerned, Kant

held these mechanical causes as adequate. For the world as a whole,

however, he postulated a beginning in time (whence his use of the word

creation), and further supposed that the impulse of organization which

was conveyed to chaotic matter by the Creator issued from a central

point in the infinite space spreading gradually outwards.[14] While in

his cosmology Kant thus relies on mechanical conceptions, in his

treatment of organic life his mind is, on the contrary, dominated by

teleological ideas. An organism was to him something controlled by a

formative organizing principle. It was natural, therefore, that he

rejected the idea of a spontaneous generation of organisms (which was

just then being advocated by his friend Forster), not only as

unsupported by experience but as an inadequate hypothesis. Experience

forbids our excluding organic activity from natural causes, also our

excluding intelligence from purposeful (_zwecktatigen_) causes; hence

experience forbids our defining the fundamental force or first cause out

of which living creatures arose.[15] Just as Kant thus sharply marks off

the regions of the inorganic and the organic, so he sets man in strong

opposition to the lower animals. His ascription to man of a unique

faculty, free-will, forbade his conceiving our species as a link in a

graduated series of organic developments. In his doctrine of human

development he does indeed recognize an early stage of existence in

which our species was dominated by sensuous enjoyment and instinct. He

further conceives of this stage as itself a process of (natural)

development, namely, of the natural disposition of the species to vary

in the greatest possible manner so as to preserve its unity through a

process of self-adaptation (_Anarten_) to climate. This, he says, must

not be conceived as resulting from the action of external causes, but is

due to a natural disposition (_Anlage_). From this capability of natural

development (which already involves a teleological idea) Kant

distinguishes the power of moral self-development or self-liberation

from the dominion of nature, the gradual realization of which

constitutes human history or progress. This moral development is

regarded as a gradual approach to that rational, social and political

state in which will be realized the greatest possible quantity of

liberty. Thus Kant, though he appropriated and gave new form to the idea

of human progress, conceived of this as wholly distinct from a natural

(mechanical) process. In this particular, as in his view of organic

actions, Kant distinctly opposed the idea of evolution as one universal

process swaying alike the physical and the moral world.

_Schelling._--In the earlier writings of Schelling, containing the

philosophy of identity, existence is represented as a becoming, or

process of evolution. Nature and mind (which are the two sides, or polar

directions, of the one absolute) are each viewed as an activity

advancing by an uninterrupted succession of stages. The side of this

process which Schelling worked out most completely is the negative side,

that is, nature. Nature is essentially a process of organic

self-evolution. It can only be understood by subordinating the

mechanical conception to the vital, by conceiving the world as one

organism animated by a spiritual principle or intelligence

(_Weltseele_). From this point of view the processes of nature from the

inorganic up to the most complex of the organic become stages in the

self-realization of nature. All organic forms are at bottom but one

organization, and the inorganic world shows the same formative activity

in various degrees or potences. Schelling conceives of the gradual

self-evolution of nature in a succession of higher and higher forms as

brought about by a limitation of her infinite productivity, showing

itself in a series of points of arrest. The detailed exhibition of the

organizing activity of nature in the several processes of the organic

and inorganic world rests on a number of fanciful and unscientific

ideas. Schelling's theory is a bold attempt to revitalize nature in the

light of growing physical and physiological science, and by so doing to

comprehend the unity of the world under the idea of one principle of

organic development. His highly figurative language might leave us in

doubt how far he conceived the higher stages of this evolution of nature

as following the lower in time. In the introduction to his work _Von der

Weltseele_, however, he argues in favour of the possibility of a

transmutation of species in periods incommensurable with ours. The

evolution of mind (the positive pole) proceeds by way of three

stages--theoretic, practical and aesthetical activity. Schelling's later

theosophic speculations do not specially concern us here.

_Followers of Schelling._--Of the followers of Schelling a word or two

must be said. Heinrich Steffens, in his _Anthropologie_, seeks to trace

out the origin and history of man in connexion with a general theory of

the development of the earth, and this again as related to the formation

of the solar system. All these processes are regarded as a series of

manifestations of a vital principle in higher and higher forms. Oken,

again, who carries Schelling's ideas into the region of biological

science, seeks to reconstruct the gradual evolution of the material

world out of original matter, which is the first immediate appearance of

God, or the absolute. This process is an upward one, through the

formation of the solar system and of our earth with its inorganic

bodies, up to the production of man. The process is essentially a polar

linear action, or differentiation from a common centre. By means of this

process the bodies of the solar system separate themselves, and the

order of cosmic evolution is repeated in that of terrestrial evolution.

The organic world (like the world as a whole) arises out of a primitive

chaos, namely, the infusorial slime. A somewhat similar working out of

Schelling's idea is to be found in H.C. Oersted's work entitled _The

Soul in Nature_ (Eng. trans.). Of later works based on Schelling's

doctrine of evolution mention may be made of the volume entitled _Natur

und Idee_, by G.F. Carus. According to this writer, existence is nothing

but a becoming, and matter is simply the momentary product of the

process of becoming, while force is this process constantly revealing

itself in these products.

_Hegel._--Like Schelling, Hegel conceives the problem of existence as

one of becoming. He differs from him with respect to the ultimate motive

of that process of gradual evolution which reveals itself alike in

nature and in mind. With Hegel the absolute is itself a dialectic

process which contains within itself a principle of progress from

difference to difference and from unity to unity. "This process (W.

Wallace remarks) knows nothing of the distinctions between past and

future, because it implies an eternal present." This conception of an

immanent spontaneous evolution is applied alike both to nature and to

mind and history. Nature to Hegel is the idea in the form of hetereity;

and finding itself here it has to remove this exteriority in a

progressive evolution towards an existence for itself in life and mind.

Nature (says Zeller) is to Hegel a system of gradations, of which one

arises necessarily out of the other, and is the proximate truth of that

out of which it results. There are three stadia, or moments, in this

process of nature--(1) the mechanical moment, or matter devoid of

individuality; (2) the physical moment, or matter which has

particularized itself in bodies--the solar system; and (3) the organic

moment, or organic beings, beginning with the geological organism--or

the mineral kingdom, plants and animals. Yet this process of development

is not to be conceived as if one stage is naturally produced out of the

other, and not even as if the one followed the other in time. Only

spirit has a history; in nature all forms are contemporaneous.[16]

Hegel's interpretation of mind and history as a process of evolution has

more scientific interest than his conception of nature. His theory of

the development of free-will (the objective spirit), which takes its

start from Kant's conception of history, with its three stages of legal

right, morality as determined by motive and instinctive goodness

(_Sittlichkeit_), might almost as well be expressed in terms of a

thoroughly naturalistic doctrine of human development. So, too, some of

his conceptions respecting the development of art and religion (the

absolute spirit) lend themselves to a similar interpretation. Yet while,

in its application to history, Hegel's theory of evolution has points of

resemblance with those doctrines which seek to explain the world-process

as one unbroken progress occurring in time, it constitutes on the whole

a theory apart and _sui generis_. It does not conceive of the organic as

succeeding on the inorganic, or of conscious life as conditioned in

time by lower forms. In this respect it resembles Leibnitz's idea of the

world as a development; the idea of evolution is in each case a

metaphysical as distinguished from a scientific one. Hegel gives a place

in his metaphysical system to the mechanical and the teleological views;

yet in his treatment of the world as an evolution the idea of end or

purpose is the predominant one.

Of the followers of Hegel who have worked out his peculiar idea of

evolution it is hardly necessary to speak. A bare reference may be made

to J.K. F. Rosenkranz, who in his work _Hegel's Naturphilosophie_ seeks

to develop Hegel's idea of an earth-organism in the light of modern

science, recognizing in crystallization the morphological element.

_Schopenhauer._--Of the other German philosophers immediately following

Kant, there is only one who calls for notice here, namely, Arthur

Schopenhauer. This writer, by his conception of the world as will which

objectifies itself in a series of gradations from the lowest

manifestations of matter up to conscious man, gives a slightly new shape

to the evolutional view of Schelling, though he deprives this view of

its optimistic character by denying any co-operation of intelligence in

the world-process. In truth, Schopenhauer's conception of the world as

the activity of a blind force is at bottom a materialistic and

mechanical rather than a spiritualistic and teleological theory.

Moreover, Schopenhauer's subjective idealism, and his view of time as

something illusory, hindered him from viewing this process as a sequence

of events in time. Thus he ascribes eternity of existence to species

under the form of the "Platonic ideas." As Ludwig Noire observes,

Schopenhauer has no feeling for the problem of the origin of organic

beings. He says Lamarck's original animal is something metaphysical, not

physical, namely, the will to live. "Every species (according to

Schopenhauer) has of its own will, and according to the circumstances

under which it would live, determined its form and organization,--yet

not as something physical in time, but as something metaphysical out of

time."

_Von Baer._--Before leaving the German speculation of the first half of

the century, a word must be said of von Baer, to whose biological

contributions we shall refer later in this article, who recognized in

the law of development the law of the universe as a whole. In his

_Entwickelungsgeschichte der Thiere_ (p. 264) he distinctly tells us

that the law of growing individuality is "the fundamental thought which

goes through all forms and degrees of animal development and all single

relations. It is the same thought which collected in the cosmic space

the divided masses into spheres, and combined these to solar systems;

the same which caused the weather-beaten dust on the surface of our

metallic planet to spring forth into living forms." Von Baer thus

prepared the way for Herbert Spencer's generalization of the law of

organic evolution as the law of all evolution.

_Comte._--As we arrive at the 19th century, though yet before the days

of Darwin, biology is already beginning to affect the general aspect of

thought. It might suffice to single out the influence of Auguste Comte,

as the last great thinker who wrote before Darwinism began to permeate

philosophic speculation. Though Comte did not actually contribute to a

theory of cosmic organic evolution, he helped to lay the foundations of

a scientific conception of human history as a natural process of

development determined by general laws of human nature together with the

accumulating influences of the past. Comte does not recognize that this

process is aided by any increase of innate capacity; on the contrary,

progress is to him the unfolding of fundamental faculties of human

nature which always pre-existed in a latent condition; yet he may

perhaps be said to have prepared the way for the new conception of human

progress by his inclusion of mental laws under biology.

_Development of the Biological Doctrine._--In the 19th century the

doctrine of evolution received new biological contents and became

transformed from a vague, partly metaphysical theory to the dominant

modern conception. At this point it is convenient to leave the guidance

of Professor J. Sully and to follow closely T.H. Huxley, who in the 9th

edition of this encyclopaedia traced the history of the growth of the

biological idea of evolution from its philosophical beginnings to its

efflorescence in Charles Darwin.

In the earlier half of the 18th century the term "evolution" was

introduced into biological writings in order to denote the mode in which

some of the most eminent physiologists of that time conceived that the

generation of living things took place; in opposition to the hypothesis

advocated, in the preceding century, by W. Harvey in that remarkable

work[17] which would give him a claim to rank among the founders of

biological science, even had he not been the discoverer of the

circulation of the blood.

One of Harvey's prime objects is to defend and establish, on the basis

of direct observation, the opinion already held by Aristotle, that, in

the higher animals at any rate, the formation of the new organism by the

process of generation takes place, not suddenly, by simultaneous

accretion of rudiments of all or the most important of the organs of the

adult, nor by sudden metamorphosis of a formative substance into a

miniature of the whole, which subsequently grows, but by _epigenesis_,

or successive differentiation of a relatively homogeneous rudiment into

the parts and structures which are characteristic of the adult.

"Et primo, quidem, quoniam per _epigenesin_ sive partium

superexorientium additamentum pullum fabricari certum est: quaenam

pars ante alias omnes exstruatur, et quid de illa ejusque generandi

modo observandum veniat, dispiciemus. Ratum sane est et in ovo

manifeste apparet quod _Aristoteles_ de perfectorum animalium

generatione enuntiat: nimirum, non omnes partes simul fieri, sed

ordine aliam post aliam; primumque existere particulam genitalem,

cujus virtute postea (tanquam ex principio quodam) reliquae omnes

partes prosiliant. Qualem in plantarum seminibus (fabis, puta, aut

glandibus) gemmam sive apicem protuberantem cernimus, totius futurae

arboris principium. _Estque haec particula velut filius emancipatus

seorsumque collocatus, et principium per se vivens; unde postea

membrorum ordo describitur; et quaecunque ad absolvendum animal

pertinent, disponuntur._[18] Quoniam enim _nulla pars se ipsam

generat; sed postquam generata est, se ipsam jam auget; ideo eam

primum oriri necesse est, quae principium augendi contineat_ (_sive

enim planta, sive animal est, aeque omnibus inest quod vim habeat

vegetandi, sive nutriendi_),[19] simulque reliquas omnes partes suo

quamque ordine distinguat et formet; proindeque in eadem primogenita

particula anima primario inest, sensus, motusque, et totius vitae

auctor et principium." (_Exercitatio_ 51.)

Harvey proceeds to contrast this view with that of the "Medici," or

followers of Hippocrates and Galen, who, "badly philosophizing,"

imagined that the brain, the heart, and the liver were simultaneously

first generated in the form of vesicles; and, at the same time, while

expressing his agreement with Aristotle in the principle of epigenesis,

he maintains that it is the blood which is the primal generative part,

and not, as Aristotle thought, the heart.

In the latter part of the 17th century the doctrine of epigenesis thus

advocated by Harvey was controverted on the ground of direct observation

by M. Malpighi, who affirmed that the body of the chick is to be seen in

the egg before the _punctum sanguineum_ makes it appearance. But from

this perfectly correct observation a conclusion which is by no means

warranted was drawn, namely, that the chick as a whole really exists in

the egg antecedently to incubation; and that what happens in the course

of the latter process is no addition of new parts, "alias post alias

natas," as Harvey puts it, but a simple expansion or unfolding of the

organs which already exist, though they are too small and inconspicuous

to be discovered. The weight of Malpighi's observations therefore fell

into the scale of that doctrine which Harvey terms metamorphosis, in

contradistinction to epigenesis.

The views of Malpighi were warmly welcomed on philosophical grounds by

Leibnitz,[20] who found in them a support to his hypothesis of monads,

and by Nicholas Malebranche;[21] while, in the middle of the 18th

century, not only speculative considerations, but a great number of new

and interesting observations on the phenomena of generation, led the

ingenious Charles Bonnet and A. von Haller, the first physiologist of

the age, to adopt, advocate and extend them.

Bonnet affirms that, before fecundation, the hen's egg contains an

excessively minute but complete chick; and that fecundation and

incubation simply cause this germ to absorb nutritious matters, which

are deposited in the interstices of the elementary structures of which

the miniature chick, or germ, is made up. The consequence of this

intussusceptive growth is the "development" or "evolution" of the germ

into the visible bird. Thus an organized individual (_tout organise_)

"is a composite body consisting of the original, or _elementary_, parts

and of the matters which have been associated with them by the aid of

nutrition"; so that, if these matters could be extracted from the

individual (_tout_), it would, so to speak, become concentrated in a

point, and would thus be restored to its primitive condition of a

_germ_; "just as, by extracting from a bone the calcareous substance

which is the source of its hardness, it is reduced to its primitive

state of gristle or membrane."[22]

"Evolution" and "development" are, for Bonnet, synonymous terms; and

since by "evolution" he means simply the expansion of that which was

invisible into visibility, he was naturally led to the conclusion, at

which Leibnitz had arrived by a different line of reasoning, that no

such thing as generation, in the proper sense of the word exists in

nature. The growth of an organic being is simply a process of

enlargement, as a particle of dry gelatine may be swelled up by the

intussusception of water; its death is a shrinkage, such as the swelled

jelly might undergo on desiccation. Nothing really new is produced in

the living world, but the germs which develop have existed since the

beginning of things; and nothing really dies, but, when what we call

death takes place, the living thing shrinks back into its germ

state.[23]

The two parts of Bonnet's hypothesis, namely, the doctrine that all

living things proceed from pre-existing germs, and that these contain,

one enclosed within the other, the germs of all future living things,

which is the hypothesis of "emboitement," and the doctrine that every

germ contains in miniature all the organs of the adult, which is the

hypothesis of evolution or development, in the primary senses of these

words, must be carefully distinguished. In fact, while holding firmly by

the former, Bonnet more or less modified the latter in his later

writings, and, at length, he admits that a "germ" need not be an actual

miniature of the organism, but that it may be merely an "original

preformation" capable of producing the latter.[24]

But, thus defined, the germ is neither more nor less than the "particula

genitalis" of Aristotle, or the "primordium vegetale" or "ovum" of

Harvey; and the "evolution" of such a germ would not be distinguishable

from "epigenesis."

Supported by the great authority of Haller, the doctrine of evolution,

or development, prevailed throughout the whole of the 18th century, and

Cuvier appears to have substantially adopted Bonnet's later views,

though probably he would not have gone all lengths in the direction of

"emboitement." In a well-known note to Charles Leopold Laurillard's

_Eloge_, prefixed to the last edition of the _Ossemens fossiles_, the

"radical de l'etre" is much the same thing as Aristotle's "particula

genitalis" and Harvey's "ovum."[25]

Bonnet's eminent contemporary, Buffon, held nearly the same views with

respect to the nature of the germ, and expresses them even more

confidently.

"Ceux qui ont cru que le coeur etoit le premier forme, se sont

trompes; ceux qui disent que c'est le sang se trompent aussi: tout est

forme en meme temps. Si l'on ne consulte que l'observation, le poulet

se voit dans l'oeuf avant qu'il ait ete couve."[26]

"J'ai ouvert une grande quantite d'oeufs a differens temps avant et

apres l'incubation, et je me suis convaincu par mes yeux que le poulet

existe en entier dans le milieu de la cicatrule au moment qu'il sort

du corps de la poule."[27]

The "moule interieur" of Buffon is the aggregate of elementary parts

which constitute the individual, and is thus the equivalent of Bonnet's

germ,[28] as defined in the passage cited above. But Buffon further

imagined that innumerable "molecules organiques" are dispersed

throughout the world, and that alimentation consists in the

appropriation by the parts of an organism of those molecules which are

analogous to them. Growth, therefore, was, on this hypothesis, partly a

process of simple evolution, and partly of what has been termed

syngenesis. Buffon's opinion is, in fact, a sort of combination of

views, essentially similar to those of Bonnet, with others, somewhat

similar to those of the "Medici" whom Harvey condemns. The "molecules

organiques" are physical equivalents of Leibnitz's "monads."

It is a striking example of the difficulty of getting people to use

their own powers of investigation accurately, that this form of the

doctrine of evolution should have held its ground so long; for it was

thoroughly and completely exploded, not long after its enunciation, by

Caspar Frederick Wolff, who in his _Theoria generationis_, published in

1759, placed the opposite theory of epigenesis upon the secure

foundation of fact, from which it has never been displaced. But Wolff

had no immediate successors. The school of Cuvier was lamentably

deficient in embryologists; and it was only in the course of the first

thirty years of the 19th century that Prevost and Dumas in France, and,

later on, Dollinger, Pander, von Bar, Rathke, and Remak in Germany,

founded modern embryology; and, at the same time, proved the utter

incompatibility of the hypothesis of evolution as formulated by Bonnet

and Haller with easily demonstrable facts.

Nevertheless, though the conceptions originally denoted by "evolution"

and "development" were shown to be untenable, the words retained their

application to the process by which the embryos of living beings

gradually make their appearance; and the terms "development,"

"Entwickelung," and "evolutio" are now indiscriminately used for the

series of genetic changes exhibited by living beings, by writers who

would emphatically deny that "development" or "Entwickelung" or

"evolutio," in the sense in which these words were usually employed by

Bonnet or Haller, ever occurs.

Evolution, or development, is, in fact, at present employed in biology

as a general name for the history of the steps by which any living being

has acquired the morphological and the physiological characters which

distinguish it. As civil history may be divided into biography, which is

the history of individuals, and universal history, which is the history

of the human race, so evolution falls naturally into two categories--the

evolution of the individual (see EMBRYOLOGY) and the evolution of the

sum of living beings.

_The Evolution of the Sum of Living Beings._--The notion that all the

kinds of animals and plants may have come into existence by the growth

and modification of primordial germs is as old as speculative thought;

but the modern scientific form of the doctrine can be traced

historically to the influence of several converging lines of

philosophical speculation and of physical observation, none of which go

further back than the 17th century. These are:--

1. The enunciation by Descartes of the conception that the physical

universe, whether living or not living, is a mechanism, and that, as

such, it is explicable on physical principles.

2. The observation of the gradations of structure, from extreme

simplicity to very great complexity, presented by living things, and of

the relation of these graduated forms to one another.

3. The observation of the existence of an analogy between the series of

gradations presented by the species which compose any great group of

animals or plants, and the series of embryonic conditions of the highest

members of that group.

4. The observation that large groups of species of widely different

habits present the same fundamental plan of structure; and that parts of

the same animal or plant, the functions of which are very different,

likewise exhibit modifications of a common plan.

5. The observation of the existence of structures, in a rudimentary and

apparently useless condition, in one species of a group, which are fully

developed and have definite functions in other species of the same

group.

6. The observation of the effects of varying conditions in modifying

living organisms.

7. The observation of the facts of geographical distribution.

8. The observation of the facts of the geological succession of the

forms of life.

1. Notwithstanding the elaborate disguise which fear of the powers that

were led Descartes to throw over his real opinions, it is impossible to

read the _Principes de la philosophie_ without acquiring the conviction

that this great philosopher held that the physical world and all things

in it, whether living or not living, have originated by a process of

evolution, due to the continuous operation of purely physical causes,

out of a primitive relatively formless matter.[29]

The following passage is especially instructive:--

"Et tant s'en faut que je veuille que l'on croie toutes les choses que

j'ecrirai, que meme je pretends en proposer ici quelques-unes que je

crois absolument etre fausses; a savoir, je ne doute point que le

monde n'ait ete cree au commencement avec autant de perfection qu'il

en a; en sorte que le soleil, la terre, la lune, et les etoiles ont

ete des lors; et que la terre n'a pas eu seulement en soi les semences

des plantes, mais que les plantes meme en ont couvert une partie; et

qu'Adam et Eve n'ont pas ete crees enfans mais en age d'hommes

parfaits. La religion chretienne veut que nous le croyons ainsi, et la

raison naturelle nous persuade entierement cette verite; car si nous

considerons la toute puissance de Dieu, nous devons juger que tout ce

qu'il a fait a eu des le commencement toute la perfection qu'il devoit

avoir. Mais neanmoins, comme on connoitroit beaucoup mieux quelle a

ete la nature d'Adam et celle des arbres de Paradis si on avoit

examine comment les enfants se forment peu a peu dans le ventre de

leurs meres et comment les plantes sortent de leurs semences, que si

on avoit seulement considere quels ils ont ete quand Dieu les a crees:

tout de meme, nous ferons mieux entendre quelle est generalement la

nature de toutes les choses qui sont au monde si nous pouvons imaginer

quelques principes qui soient fort intelligibles et fort simples,

desquels nous puissions voir clairement que les astres et la terre et

enfin tout ce monde visible auroit pu etre produit ainsi que de

quelques semences (bien que nous sachions qu'il n'a pas ete produit en

cette facon) que si nous la decrivions seulement comme il est, ou bien

comme nous croyons qu'il a ete cree. Et parceque je pense avoir trouve

des principes qui sont tels, je tacherai ici de les expliquer."[30]

If we read between the lines of this singular exhibition of force of one

kind and weakness of another, it is clear that Descartes believed that

he had divined the mode in which the physical universe had been evolved;

and the _Traite de l'homme_ and the essay _Sur les passions_ afford

abundant additional evidence that he sought for, and thought he had

found, an explanation of the phenomena of physical life by deduction

from purely physical laws.

Spinoza abounds in the same sense, and is as usual perfectly candid--

"Naturae leges et regulae, secundum quas omnia fiunt et ex unis formis

in alias mutantur, sunt ubique et semper eadem."[31]

Leibnitz's doctrine of continuity necessarily led him in the same

direction; and, of the infinite multitude of monads with which he

peopled the world, each is supposed to be the focus of an endless

process of evolution and involution. In the _Protogaea_, xxvi., Leibnitz

distinctly suggests the mutability of species--

"Alii mirantur in saxis passim species videri quas vel in orbe

cognito, vel saltem in vicinis locis frustra quaeras. Ita _Cornua

Ammonis_, quae ex nautilorum numero habeantur, passim et forma et

magnitudine (nam et pedali diametro aliquando reperiuntur) ab omnibus

illis naturis discrepare dicunt, quas praebet mare. Sed quis

absconditos ejus recessus aut subterraneas abyssos pervestigavit? quam

multa nobis animalia antea ignota offert novus orbis? Et credibile est

per magnas illas conversiones etiam animalium species plurimum

immutatas."

Thus in the end of the 17th century the seed was sown which has at

intervals brought forth recurrent crops of evolutional hypotheses,

based, more or less completely, on general reasonings.

Among the earliest of these speculations is that put forward by Benoit

de Maillet in his _Telliamed_, which, though printed in 1735, was not

published until twenty-three years later. Considering that this book was

written before the time of Haller, or Bonnet, or Linnaeus, or Hutton, it

surely deserves more respectful consideration than it usually receives.

For De Maillet not only has a definite conception of the plasticity of

living things, and of the production of existing species by the

modification of their predecessors, but he clearly apprehends the

cardinal maxim of modern geological science, that the explanation of the

structure of the globe is to be sought in the deductive application to

geological phenomena of the principles established inductively by the

study of the present course of nature. Somewhat later, P.L.M. de

Maupertuis[32] suggested a curious hypothesis as to the causes of

variation, which he thinks may be sufficient to account for the origin

of all animals from a single pair. Jean Baptiste Rene Robinet[33]

followed out much the same line of thought as De Maillet, but less

soberly; and Bonnet's speculations in the _Palingenesie_, which appeared

in 1769, have already been mentioned. Buffon (1753-1778), at first a

partisan of the absolute immutability of species, subsequently appears

to have believed that larger or smaller groups of species have been

produced by the modification of a primitive stock; but he contributed

nothing to the general doctrine of evolution.

Erasmus Darwin (_Zoonomia_, 1794), though a zealous evolutionist, can

hardly be said to have made any real advance on his predecessors; and,

notwithstanding the fact that Goethe had the advantage of a wide

knowledge of morphological facts, and a true insight into their

signification, while he threw all the power of a great poet into the

expression of his conceptions, it may be questioned whether he supplied

the doctrine of evolution with a firmer scientific basis than it already

possessed. Moreover, whatever the value of Goethe's labours in that

field, they were not published before 1820, long after evolutionism had

taken a new departure from the works of Treviranus and Lamarck--the

first of its advocates who were equipped for their task with the needful

large and accurate knowledge of the phenomena of life as a whole. It is

remarkable that each of these writers seems to have been led,

independently and contemporaneously, to invent the same name of

"biology" for the science of the phenomena of life; and thus, following

Buffon, to have recognized the essential unity of these phenomena, and

their contradistinction from those of inanimate nature. And it is hard

to say whether Lamarck or Treviranus has the priority in propounding the

main thesis of the doctrine of evolution; for though the first volume of

Treviranus's _Biologie_ appeared only in 1802, he says, in the preface

to his later work, the _Erscheinungen und Gesetze des organischen

Lebens_, dated 1831, that he wrote the first volume of the _Biologie_

"nearly five-and-thirty years ago," or about 1796.

Now, in 1794, there is evidence that Lamarck held doctrines which

present a striking contrast to those which are to be found in the

_Philosophie zoologique_, as the following passages show:--

"685. Quoique mon unique objet dans cet article n'ait ete que de

traiter de la cause physique de l'entretien de la vie des etres

organiques, malgre cela j'ai ose avancer en debutant, que l'existence

de ces etres etonnants n'appartiennent nullement a la nature; que tout

ce qu'on peut entendre par le mot _nature_, ne pouvoit donner la vie,

c'est-a-dire, que toutes les qualites de la matiere, jointes a toutes

les circonstances possibles, et meme a l'activite repandue dans

l'univers, ne pouvaient point produire un etre muni du mouvement

organique, capable de reproduire son semblable, et sujet a la mort.

"686. Tous les individus de cette nature, qui existent, proviennent

d'individus semblables qui tous ensemble constituent l'espece entiere.

Or, je crois qu'il est aussi impossible a l'homme de connoitre la

cause physique du premier individu de chaque espece, que d'assigner

aussi physiquement la cause de l'existence de la matiere ou de

l'univers entier. C'est au moins ce que le resultat de mes

connaissances et de mes reflexions me portent a penser. S'il existe

beaucoup de varietes produites par l'effet des circonstances, ces

varietes ne denaturent point les especes; mais on se trompe, sans

doute souvent, en indiquant comme espece, ce qui n'est que variete; et

alors je sens que cette erreur peut tirer a consequence dans les

raisonnements que l'on fait sur cette matiere."[34]

The first three volumes of Treviranus's Biologie, which contains his

general views of evolution, appeared between 1802 and 1805. The

_Recherches sur l'organisation des corps vivants_, which sketches out

Lamarck's doctrines, was published in 1802; but the full development of

his views in the _Philosophie zoologique_ did not take place until

1809.

The _Biologie_ and the _Philosophie zoologique_ are both very remarkable

productions, and are still worthy of attentive study, but they fell upon

evil times. The vast authority of Cuvier was employed in support of the

traditionally respectable hypotheses of special creation and of

catastrophism; and the wild speculations of the _Discours sur les

revolutions de la surface du globe_ were held to be models of sound

scientific thinking, while the really much more sober and philosophical

hypotheses of the _Hydrogeologie_ were scouted. For many years it was

the fashion to speak of Lamarck with ridicule, while Treviranus was

altogether ignored.

Nevertheless, the work had been done. The conception of evolution was

henceforward irrepressible, and it incessantly reappears, in one shape

or another,[35] up to the year 1858, when Charles Darwin and A.R.

Wallace published their _Theory of Natural Selection_. The _Origin of

Species_ appeared in 1859; and thenceforward the doctrine of evolution

assumed a position and acquired an importance which it never before

possessed. In the _Origin of Species_, and in his other numerous and

important contributions to the solution of the problem of biological

evolution, Darwin confined himself to the discussion of the causes which

have brought about the present condition of living matter, assuming such

matter to have once come into existence. On the other hand, Spencer[36]

and E. Haeckel[37] dealt with the whole problem of evolution. The

profound and vigorous writings of Spencer embody the spirit of Descartes

in the knowledge of our own day, and may be regarded as the _Principes

de la philosophie_ of the 19th century; while, whatever hesitation may

not unfrequently be felt by less daring minds in following Haeckel in

many of his speculations, his attempt to systematize the doctrine of

evolution and to exhibit its influence as the central thought of modern

biology, cannot fail to have a far-reaching influence on the progress of

science.

If we seek for the reason of the difference between the scientific

position of the doctrine of evolution in the days of Lamarck and that

which it occupies now, we shall find it in the great accumulation of

facts, the several classes of which have been enumerated above, under

the second to the eighth heads. For those which are grouped under the

second to the seventh of these classes, respectively, have a clear

significance on the hypothesis of evolution, while they are

unintelligible if that hypothesis be denied. And those of the eighth

group are not only unintelligible without the assumption of evolution,

but can be proved never to be discordant with that hypothesis, while, in

some cases, they are exactly such as the hypothesis requires. The

demonstration of these assertions would require a volume, but the

general nature of the evidence on which they rest may be briefly

indicated.

2. The accurate investigation of the lowest forms of animal life,

commenced by Leeuwenhoek and Swammerdam, and continued by the remarkable

labours of Reaumur, Abraham Trembley, Bonnet, and a host of other

observers in the latter part of the 17th and the first half of the 18th

centuries, drew the attention of biologists to the gradation in the

complexity of organization which is presented by living beings, and

culminated in the doctrine of the _echelle des etres_, so powerfully and

clearly stated by Bonnet, and, before him, adumbrated by Locke and by

Leibnitz. In the then state of knowledge, it appeared that all the

species of animals and plants could be arranged in one series, in such a

manner that, by insensible gradations, the mineral passed into the

plant, the plant into the polype, the polype into the worm, and so,

through gradually higher forms of life, to man, at the summit of the

animated world.

But, as knowledge advanced, this conception ceased to be tenable in the

crude form in which it was first put forward. Taking into account

existing animals and plants alone, it became obvious that they fell into

groups which were more or less sharply separated from one another; and,

moreover, that even the species of a genus can hardly ever be arranged

in linear series. Their natural resemblances and differences are only to

be expressed by disposing them as if they were branches springing from a

common hypothetical centre.

Lamarck, while affirming the verbal proposition that animals form a

single series, was forced by his vast acquaintance with the details of

zoology to limit the assertion to such a series as may be formed out of

the abstractions constituted by the common characters of each group.[38]

Cuvier on anatomical, and Von Baer on embryological grounds, made the

further step of proving that, even in this limited sense, animals cannot

be arranged in a single series, but that there are several distinct

plans of organization to be observed among them, no one of which, in its

highest and most complicated modification, leads to any of the others.

The conclusions enunciated by Cuvier and Von Baer have been confirmed in

principle by all subsequent research into the structure of animals and

plants. But the effect of the adoption of these conclusions has been

rather to substitute a new metaphor for that of Bonnet than to abolish

the conception expressed by it. Instead of regarding living things as

capable of arrangement in one series like the steps of a ladder, the

results of modern investigation compel us to dispose them as if they

were the twigs and branches of a tree. The ends of the twigs represent

individuals, the smallest groups of twigs species, larger groups genera,

and so on, until we arrive at the source of all these ramifications of

the main branch, which is represented by a common plan of structure. At

the present moment it is impossible to draw up any definition, based on

broad anatomical or developmental characters, by which any one of

Cuvier's great groups shall be separated from all the rest. On the

contrary, the lower members of each tend to converge towards the lower

members of all the others. The same may be said of the vegetable world.

The apparently clear distinction between flowering and flowerless plants

has been broken down by the series of gradations between the two

exhibited by the _Lycopodiaceae_, _Rhizocarpeae_, and _Gymnospermeae_.

The groups of _Fungi_, _Licheneae_ and _Algae_ have completely run into

one another, and, when the lowest forms of each are alone considered,

even the animal and vegetable kingdoms cease to have a definite

frontier.

If it is permissible to speak of the relations of living forms to one

another metaphorically, the similitude chosen must undoubtedly be that

of a common root, whence two main trunks, one representing the vegetable

and one the animal world, spring; and, each dividing into a few main

branches, these subdivide into multitudes of branchlets and these into

smaller groups of twigs.

As Lamarck has well said:--[39]

"Il n'y a que ceux qui se sont longtemps et fortement occupes de la

determination des especes, et qui ont consulte de riches collections,

qui peuvent savoir jusqu'a quel point les _especes_, parmi les corps

vivants, se fondent les unes dans les autres, et qui ont pu se

convaincre que, dans les parties ou nous voyons des _especes_ isolees,

cela n'est ainsi que parcequ'il nous en manque d'autres qui en sont

plus voisines et que nous n'avons pas encore recueillies.

"Je ne veux pas dire pour cela que les animaux qui existent forment

une serie tres-simple et partout egalement nuancee; mais je dis qu'ils

forment une serie rameuse, irregulierement graduee et qui n'a point de

discontinuite dans ses parties, ou qui, du moins, n'en a toujours pas

eu, s'il est vrai que, par suite de quelques especes perdues, il s'en

trouve quelque part. Il en resulte que les _especes_ qui terminent

chaque rameau de la serie generale tiennent, au moins d'un cote, a

d'autres especes voisines qui se nuancent avec elles. Voila ce que

l'etat bien connu des choses me met maintenant a portee de demontrer.

Je n'ai besoin d'aucune hypothese ni d'aucune supposition pour cela:

j'en atteste tous les naturalistes observateurs."

3. In a remarkable essay[40] Meckel remarks:--

"There is no good physiologist who has not been struck by the

observation that the original form of all organisms is one and the

same, and that out of this one form, all, the lowest as well as the

highest, are developed in such a manner that the latter pass through the

permanent forms of the former as transitory stages. Aristotle, Haller,

Harvey, Kielmeyer, Autenrieth, and many others have either made this

observation incidentally, or, especially the latter, have drawn

particular attention to it, and drawn therefrom results of permanent

importance for physiology."

Meckel proceeds to exemplify the thesis, that the lower forms of animals

represent stages in the course of the development of the higher, with a

large series of illustrations.

After comparing the salamanders and the perenni-branchiate _Urodela_

with the tadpoles and the frogs, and enunciating the law that the more

highly any animal is organized the more quickly does it pass through the

lower stages, Meckel goes on to say:--

"From these lowest Vertebrata to the highest, and to the highest forms

among these, the comparison between the embryonic conditions of the

higher animals and the adult states of the lower can be more

completely and thoroughly instituted than if the survey is extended to

the Invertebrata, inasmuch as the latter are in many respects

constructed upon an altogether too dissimilar type; indeed they often

differ from one another far more than the lowest vertebrate does from

the highest mammal; yet the following pages will show that the

comparison may be also extended to them with interest. In fact, there

is a period when, as Aristotle long ago said, the embryo of the

highest animal has the form of a mere worm, and, devoid of internal

and external organization, is merely an almost structureless lump of

polype-substance. Notwithstanding the origin of organs, it still for a

certain time, by reason of its want of an internal bony skeleton,

remains worm and mollusk, and only later enters into the series of the

Vertebrata, although traces of the vertebral column even in the

earliest periods testify its claim to a place in that series."--Op.

cit. pp. 4, 5.

If Meckel's proposition is so far qualified, that the comparison of

adult with embryonic forms is restricted within the limits of one type

of organization; and if it is further recollected, that the resemblance

between the permanent lower form and the embryonic stage of a higher

form is not special but general, it is in entire accordance with modern

embryology; although there is no branch of biology which has grown so

largely, and improved its methods so much since Meckel's time, as this.

In its original form, the doctrine of "arrest of development," as

advocated by Geoffroy Saint-Hilaire and Serres, was no doubt an

over-statement of the case. It is not true, for example, that a fish is

a reptile arrested in its development, or that a reptile was ever a

fish; but it is true that the reptile embryo, at one stage of its

development, is an organism which, if it had an independent existence,

must be classified among fishes; and all the organs of the reptile pass,

in the course of their development, through conditions which are closely

analogous to those which are permanent in some fishes.

4. That branch of biology which is termed morphology is a commentary

upon, and expansion of, the proposition that widely different animals or

plants, and widely different parts of animals or plants, are constructed

upon the same plan. From the rough comparison of the skeleton of a bird

with that of a man by Pierre Delon, in the 16th century (to go no

further back), down to the theory of the limbs and the theory of the

skull at the present day; or, from the first demonstration of the

homologies of the parts of a flower by C.F. Wolff, to the present

elaborate analysis of the floral organs, morphology exhibits a continual

advance towards the demonstration of a fundamental unity among the

seeming diversities of living structures. And this demonstration has

been completed by the final establishment of the cell theory (see

CYTOLOGY), which involves the admission of a primitive conformity, not

only of all the elementary structures in animals and plants

respectively, but of those in the one of these great divisions of living

things with those in the other. No _a priori_ difficulty can be said to

stand in the way of evolution, when it can be shown that all animals and

all plants proceed by modes of development, which are similar in

principle, from a fundamental protoplasmic material.

5. The innumerable cases of structures, which are rudimentary and

apparently useless, in species, the close allies of which possess

well-developed and functionally important homologous structures, are

readily intelligible on the theory of evolution, while it is hard to

conceive their _raison d'etre_ on any other hypothesis. However, a

cautious reasoner will probably rather explain such cases deductively

from the doctrine of evolution than endeavour to support the doctrine of

evolution by them. For it is almost impossible to prove that any

structure, however rudimentary, is useless--that is to say, that it

plays no part whatever in the economy; and, if it is in the slightest

degree useful, there is no reason why, on the hypothesis of direct

creation, it should not have been created. Nevertheless; double-edged as

is the argument from rudimentary organs, there is probably none which

has produced a greater effect in promoting the general acceptance of the

theory of evolution.

6. The older advocates of evolution sought for the causes of the process

exclusively in the influence of varying conditions, such as climate and

station, or hybridization, upon living forms. Even Treviranus has got no

further than this point. Lamarck introduced the conception of the action

of an animal on itself as a factor in producing modification. Starting

from the well-known fact that the habitual use of a limb tends to

develop the muscles of the limb, and to produce a greater and greater

facility in using it, he made the general assumption that the effort of

an animal to exert an organ in a given direction tends to develop the

organ in that direction. But a little consideration showed that, though

Lamarck had seized what, as far as it goes, is a true cause of

modification, it is a cause the actual effects of which are wholly

inadequate to account for any considerable modification in animals, and

which can have no influence at all in the vegetable world; and probably

nothing contributed so much to discredit evolution, in the early part of

the 19th century, as the floods of easy ridicule which were poured upon

this part of Lamarck's speculation. The theory of natural selection, or

survival of the fittest, was suggested by William Charles Wells in 1813,

and further elaborated by Patrick Matthew in 1831. But the pregnant

suggestions of these writers remained practically unnoticed and

forgotten, until the theory was independently devised and promulgated by

Charles Robert Darwin and Alfred Russell Wallace in 1858, and the effect

of its publication was immediate and profound.

Those who were unwilling to accept evolution, without better grounds

than such as are offered by Lamarck, and who therefore preferred to

suspend their judgment on the question, found in the principle of

selective breeding, pursued in all its applications with marvellous

knowledge and skill by Darwin, a valid explanation of the occurrence of

varieties and races; and they saw clearly that, if the explanation would

apply to species, it would not only solve the problem of their

evolution, but that it would account for the facts of teleology, as well

as for those of morphology; and for the persistence of some forms of

life unchanged through long epochs of time, while others undergo

comparatively rapid metamorphosis.

How far "natural selection" suffices for the production of species

remains to be seen. Few can doubt that, if not the whole cause, it is a

very important factor in that operation; and that it must play a great

part in the sorting out of varieties into those which are transitory and

those which are permanent.

But the causes and conditions of variation have yet to be thoroughly

explored; and the importance of natural selection will not be impaired,

even if further inquiries should prove that variability is definite, and

is determined in certain directions rather than in others, by conditions

inherent in that which varies. It is quite conceivable that every

species tends to produce varieties of a limited number and kind, and

that the effect of natural selection is to favour the development of

some of these, while it opposes the development of others along their

predetermined lines of modification.

7. No truths brought to light by biological investigation were better

calculated to inspire distrust of the dogmas intruded upon science in

the name of theology than those which relate to the distribution of

animals and plants on the surface of the earth. Very skilful

accommodation was needful, if the limitation of sloths to South America,

and of the _Ornithorhynchus_ to Australia, was to be reconciled with

the literal interpretation of the history of the Deluge; and, with the

establishment of the existence of distinct provinces of distribution,

any serious belief in the peopling of the world by migration from Mount

Ararat came to an end.

Under these circumstances, only one alternative was left for those who

denied the occurrence of evolution; namely, the supposition that the

characteristic animals and plants of each great province were created,

as such, within the limits in which, we find them. And as the hypothesis

of "specific centres," thus formulated, was heterodox from the

theological point of view, and unintelligible under its scientific

aspect, it may be passed over without further notice, as a phase of

transition from the creational to the evolutional hypothesis.

8. In fact, the strongest and most conclusive arguments in favour of

evolution are those which are based upon the facts of geographical,

taken in conjunction with those of geological, distribution.

Both Darwin and Wallace lay great stress on the close relation which

obtains between the existing fauna of any region and that of the

immediately antecedent geological epoch in the same region; and rightly,

for it is in truth inconceivable that there should be no genetic

connexion between the two. It is possible to put into words the

proposition, that all the animals and plants of each geological epoch

were annihilated, and that a new set of very similar forms was created

for the next epoch, but it may be doubted if any one who ever tried to

form a distinct mental image of this process of spontaneous generation

on the grandest scale ever really succeeded in realizing it.

In later years the attention of the best palaeontologists has been

withdrawn from the hodman's work of making "new species" of fossils, to

the scientific task of completing our knowledge of individual species,

and tracing out the succession of the forms presented by any given type

in time.

_Evolution at the Beginning of the 20th century._--Since Huxley and

Sully wrote their masterly essays in the 9th edition of this

encyclopaedia, the doctrine of evolution has outgrown the trammels of

controversy and has been accepted as a fundamental principle. Writers on

biological subjects no longer have to waste space in weighing evolution

against this or that philosophical theory or religious tradition;

philosophical writers have frankly accepted it, and the supporters of

religious tradition have made broad their phylacteries to write on them

the new words. A closer scrutiny of the writers of all ages who preceded

Charles Darwin, and, in particular, the light thrown back from Darwin on

the earlier writings of Herbert Spencer, have made plain that without

Darwin the world by this time might have come to a general acceptance of

evolution; but it seems established as a historical fact that the world

has come to accept evolution, first, because of Darwin's theory of

natural selection, and second, because of Darwin's exposition of the

evidence for the actual occurrence of organic evolution. The evidence as

set out by Darwin has been added to enormously; new knowledge has in

many cases altered our conceptions of the mode of the actual process of

evolution, and from time to time a varying stress has been laid on what

are known as the purely Darwinian factors in the theory. The balance of

these tendencies has been against the attachment of great importance to

sexual selection, and in favour of attaching a great importance to

natural selection; but the dominant feature in the recent history of the

theory has been its universal acceptance and the recognition that this

general acceptance has come from the stimulus given by Darwin.

Ontogeny.

A change has taken place in the use of the word evolution. Huxley,

following historical custom, devoted one section of his article to the

"Evolution of the Individual." The facts and theories respecting this

are now discussed under such headings as EMBRYOLOGY; HEREDITY; VARIATION

AND SELECTION; under these headings must be sought information on the

important recent modifications with regard to the theory of the relation

between the development of the individual and the development of the

race, the part played by the environment on the individual, and the

modern developments of the old quarrel between evolution and

epigenesis. The most striking general change has been against seeing in

the facts of ontogeny any direct evidence as to phylogeny. The general

proposition as to a parallelism between individual and ancestral

development is no doubt indisputable, but extended knowledge of the very

different ontogenetic histories of closely allied forms has led us to a

much fuller conception of the mode in which stages in embryonic and

larval history have been modified in relation to their surroundings, and

to a consequent reluctance to attach detailed importance to the

embryological argument for evolution.

Phylogeny.

The vast bulk of botanical and zoological work on living and extinct

forms published during the last quarter of the 19th century increased

almost beyond all expectation the evidence for the fact of evolution.

The discovery of a single fossil creature in a geological stratum of a

wrong period, the detection of a single anatomical or physiological fact

irreconcilable with origin by descent with modification, would have been

destructive of the theory and would have made the reputation of the

observer. But in the prodigious number of supporting discoveries that

have been made no single negative factor has appeared, and the evolution

from their predecessors of the forms of life existing now or at any

other period must be taken as proved. It is necessary to notice,

however, that although the general course of the stream of life is

certain, there is not the same certainty as to the actual individual

pedigrees of the existing forms. In the attempts to place existing

creatures in approximately phylogenetic order, a striking change, due to

a more logical consideration of the process of evolution, has become

established and is already resolving many of the earlier difficulties

and banishing from the more recent tables the numerous hypothetical

intermediate forms so familiar in the older phylogenetic trees. The

older method was to attempt the comparison between the highest member of

a lower group and the lowest member of a higher group--to suppose, for

example, that the gorilla and the chimpanzee, the highest members of the

apes, were the existing representatives of the ancestors of man and to

compare these forms with the lowest members of the human race. Such a

comparison is necessarily illogical, as the existing apes are separated

from the common ancestor by at least as large a number of generations as

separate it from any of the forms of existing man. In the natural

process of growth, the gap must necessarily be wider between the summits

of the twigs than lower down, and, instead of imagining "missing links,"

it is necessary to trace each separate branch as low down as possible,

and to institute the comparisons between the lowest points that can be

reached. The method is simply the logical result of the fact that every

existing form of life stands at the summit of a long branch of the whole

tree of life. A due consideration of it leads to the curious paradox

that if any two animals be compared, the zoologically lower will be

separated from the common ancestor by a larger number of generations,

since, on the average, sexual maturity is reached more quickly by the

lower form. Naturally very many other factors have to be considered, but

this alone is a sufficient reason to restrain attempts to place existing

forms in linear phylogenetic series. In embryology the method finds its

expression in the limitation of comparisons to the corresponding stages

of low and high forms and the exclusion of the comparisons between the

adult stages of low forms and the embryonic stages of higher forms.

Another expression of the same method, due to Cope, and specially

valuable to the taxonomist, is that when the relationship between orders

is being considered, characters of subordinal rank must be neglected. It

must not be supposed that earlier writers all neglected this method, or

still less that all writers now employ it, but merely that formerly it

was frequently overlooked by the best writers, and now is neglected only

by the worst. The result is, on the one hand, a clearing away of much

fantastic phylogeny, on the other, an enormous reduction of the supposed

gaps between groups.

Comparative anatomy.

There has been a renewed activity in the study of existing forms from

the point of view of obtaining evidence as to the nature and origin of

species. Comparative anatomists have been learning to refrain from

basing the diagnosis of a species, or the description of the condition

of an organ, on the evidence of a single specimen. Naturalists who deal

specially with museum collections have been compelled, it is true, for

other reasons to attach an increasing importance to what is called the

type specimen, but they find that this insistence on the individual,

although invaluable from the point of view of recording species, is

unsatisfactory from the point of view of scientific zoology; and

propositions for the amelioration of this condition of affairs range

from a refusal of Linnaean nomenclature in such cases, to the

institution of a division between _master species_ for such species as

have been properly revised by the comparative morphologist, and

_provisional species_ for such species as have been provisionally

registered by those working at collections. Those who work with living

forms of which it is possible to obtain a large number of specimens, and

those who make revisions of the provisional species of palaeontologists,

are slowly coming to some such conception as that a species is the

abstract central point around which a group of variations oscillate, and

that the peripheral oscillations of one species may even overlap those

of an allied species. It is plain that we have moved far from the

connotation and denotation of the word _species_ at the time when Darwin

began to discuss the origin of species, and that the movement, on the

one hand, tends to simplify the problem philosophically, and, on the

other, to make it difficult for the amateur theorist.

The conception of evolution is being applied more rigidly to the

comparative anatomy of organs and systems of organs. When a series of

the modifications of an anatomical structure has been sufficiently

examined, it is frequently possible to decide that one particular

condition is primitive, ancestral or central, and that the other

conditions have been derived from it. Such a condition has been termed,

with regard to the group of animals or plants the organs of which are

being studied, _archecentric_. The possession of the character in the

archecentric condition in (say) two of the members of the group does not

indicate that these two members are more nearly related to one another

than they are to other members of the group; the archecentric condition

is part of the common heritage of all the members of the group, and may

be retained by any. On the other hand, when the ancestral condition is

modified, it may be regarded as having moved outwards along some radius

from the archecentric condition. Such modified conditions have been

termed _apocentric_. It is obvious that the mere apocentricity of a

character can be no guide to the affinities of its possessor. It is

necessary to determine if the modification be a simple change that might

have occurred in independent cases, in fact if it be a multiradial

apocentricity, or if it involved intricate and precisely combined

anatomical changes that we could not expect to occur twice

independently; that is to say, if it be a uniradial apocentricity.

Multiradial apocentricities lie at the root of many of the phenomena

that have been grouped under the designation _convergence_. Especially

in the case of manifest adaptations, organs possessed by creatures far

apart genealogically may be moulded into conditions that are extremely

alike. Sir E. Ray Lankester's term, _homoplasy_, has passed into

currency as designating such cases where different genetic material has

been pressed by similar conditions into similar moulds. These may be

called heterogeneous homoplasies, but it is necessary to recognize the

existence of homogeneous homoplasies, here called multiradial

apocentricities. A complex apocentric modification of a kind which we

cannot imagine to have been repeated independently, and which is to be

designated as uniradial, frequently forms a new centre around which new

diverging modifications are produced. With reference to any particular

group of forms such a new centre of modification may be termed a

_metacentre_, and it is plain that the archecentre of the whole group is

a metacentre of the larger group of which the group under consideration

is a branch. Thus, for instance, the archecentric condition of any Avian

structure is a metacentre of the Sauropsidan stem. A form of

apocentricity extremely common and often perplexing may be termed

_pseudocentric_; in such a condition there is an apparent simplicity

that reveals its secondary nature by some small and apparently

meaningless complexity.

Bionomics.

Another group of investigations that seems to play an important part in

the future development of the theory of evolution relates to the study

of what is known as organic symmetry. The differentiations of structure

that characterize animals and plants are being shown to be orderly and

definite in many respects; the relations of the various parts to one

another and to the whole, the modes of repetition of parts, and the

series of changes that occur in groups of repeated parts appear to be to

a certain extent inevitable, to depend on the nature of the living

material itself and on the necessary conditions of its growth. Closely

allied to the study of symmetry is the study of the direct effect of the

circumambient media on embryonic young and adult stages of living beings

(see EMBRYOLOGY: _Physiology_; HEREDITY; and VARIATION AND SELECTION),

and a still larger number of observers have added to our knowledge of

these. It is impossible here to give even a list of the names of the

many observers who in recent times have made empirical study of the

effects of growth-forces and of the symmetrical limitations and

definitions of growth. It is to be noticed, however, that, even after

such phenomena have been properly grouped and designated under Greek

names as laws of organic growth, they have not become explanations of

the series of facts they correlate. Their importance in the theory of

evolution is none the less very great. In the first place, they lessen

the number of separate facts to be explained; in the second, they limit

the field within which explanation must be sought, since, for instance,

if a particular mode of repetition of parts occur in mosses, in

flowering-plants, in beetles and in elephants, the seeker of ultimate

explanations may exclude from the field of his inquiry all the

conditions individual to these different organic forms, and confine

himself only to what is common to all of them; that is to say,

practically only the living material and its environment. The

prosecution of such inquiries is beginning to make unnecessary much

ingenious speculation of a kind that was prominent from 1880 to 1900;

much futile effort has been wasted in the endeavour to find on Darwinian

principles special "selection-values" for phenomena the universality of

which places them outside the possibility of having relations with the

particular conditions of particular organisms. On the other hand, many

of those who have been specially successful in grouping diverse

phenomena under empirical generalizations have erred logically in posing

their generalizations against such a _vera causa_ as the preservation of

favoured individuals and races. The thirty years which followed the

publication of the _Origin of Species_ were characterized chiefly by

anatomical and embryological work; since then there has been no

diminution in anatomical and embryological enthusiasm, but many of the

continually increasing body of investigators have turned again to

bionomical work. Inasmuch as Lamarck attempted to frame a theory of

evolution in which the principle of natural selection had no part, the

interpretation placed on their work by many bionomical investigators

recalls the theories of Lamarck, and the name _Neo-Lamarckism_ has been

used of such a school of biologists, particularly active in America. The

weakness of the Neo-Lamarckian view lies in its interpretation of

heredity; its strength lies in its zealous study of the living world and

the detection therein of proximate empirical laws, a strength shared by

very many bionomical investigations, the authors of which would prefer

to call themselves Darwinians, or to leave themselves without sectarian

designation.

Biometrics.

Statistical inquiry into the facts of life has long been employed, and

in particular Francis Galton, within the Darwinian period, has advocated

its employment and developed its methods. Within quite recent years,

however, a special school has arisen with the main object of treating

the processes of evolution quantitatively. Here it is right to speak of

Karl Pearson as a pioneer of notable importance. It has been the habit

of biologists to use the terms variation, selection, elimination,

correlation and so forth, vaguely; the new school, which has been

strongly reinforced from the side of physical science, insists on

quantitative measurements of the terms. When the anatomist says that one

race is characterized by long heads, another by round heads, the

biometricist demands numbers and percentages. When an organ is stated to

be variable, the biometricist demands statistics to show the range of

the variations and the mode of their distribution. When a character is

said to be favoured by natural selection, the biometricist demands

investigation of the death-rate of individuals with or without the

character. When a character is said to be transmitted, or to be

correlated with another character, the biometricist declares the

statement valueless without numerical estimations of the inheritance or

correlation. The subject is still so new, and its technical methods (see

VARIATION AND SELECTION) have as yet spread so little beyond the group

which is formulating and defining them, that it is difficult to do more

than guess at the importance of the results likely to be gained. Enough,

however, has already been done to show the vast importance of the method

in grouping and codifying the empirical facts of life, and in so

preparing the way for the investigation of ultimate "causes." The chief

pitfall appears to be the tendency to attach more meaning to the results

than from their nature they can bear. The ultimate value of numerical

inquiries must depend on the equivalence of the units on which they are

based. Many of the characters that up to the present have been dealt

with by biometrical inquiry are obviously composite. The height or

length of the arm of a human being, for instance, is the result of many

factors, some inherent, some due to environment, and until these have

been sifted out, numerical laws of inheritance or of correlation can

have no more than an empirical value. The analysis of composite

characters into their indivisible units and statistical inquiry into the

behaviour of the units would seem to be a necessary part of biometric

investigation, and one to which much further attention will have to be

paid.

Segregation.

It is well known that Darwin was deeply impressed by differences in

flora and fauna, which seemed to be functions of locality, and not the

result of obvious dissimilarities of environment. A.R. Wallace's studies

of island life, and the work of many different observers on local races

of animals and plants, marine, fluviatile and terrestrial, have brought

about a conception of segregation as apart from differences of

environment as being one of the factors in the differentiation of living

forms. The segregation may be geographical, or may be the result of

preferential mating, or of seasonal mating, and its effects plainly can

be made no more of than proximate or empirical laws of differentiation,

of great importance in codifying and simplifying the facts to be

explained. The minute attention paid by modern systematists to the exact

localities of subspecies and races is bringing together a vast store of

facts which will throw further light on the problem of segregation, but

the difficulty of utilizing these facts is increased by an unfortunate

tendency to make locality itself one of the diagnostic characters.

Bathmism.

Consideration of phylogenetic series, especially from the

palaeontological side, has led many writers to the conception that there

is something of the nature of a growth-force inherent in organisms and

tending inevitably towards divergent evolution. It is suggested that

even in the absence of modification produced by any possible Darwinian

or Lamarckian factors, that even in a neutral environment, divergent

evolution of some kind would have occurred. The conception is

necessarily somewhat hazy, but the words _bathmism_ and _bathmic

Evolution_ have been employed by a number of writers for some such

conception. Closely connected with it, and probably underlying many of

the facts which have led to it, is a more definite group of ideas that

may be brought together under the phrase "phylogenetic limitation of

variation." In its simplest form, this phrase implies such an obvious

fact as that whatever be the future development of, say, existing

cockroaches, it will be on lines determined by the present structure of

these creatures. In a more general way, the phrase implies that at each

successive branching of the tree of life, the branches become more

specialized, more defined, and, in a sense, more limited. The full

implications of the group of ideas require, and are likely to receive,

much attention in the immediate future of biological investigation, but

it is enough at present to point out that until the more obvious lines

of inquiry have been opened out much more fully, we cannot be in a

position to guess at the existence of a residuum, for which such a

metaphysical conception as bathmism would serve even as a convenient

disguise for ignorance.

Almost every side of zoology has contributed to the theory of evolution,

but of special importance are the facts and theories associated with the

names of Gregor Mendel, A. Weismann and Hugo de Vries. These are

discussed under the headings HEREDITY; MENDELISM; and VARIATION AND

SELECTION. It has been a feature of great promise in recent

contributions to the theory of evolution, that such contributions have

received attention almost directly in proportion to the new methods of

observation and the new series of facts with which they have come. Those

have found little favour who brought to the debate only formal

criticisms or amplifications of the Darwinian arguments, or

re-marshallings of the Darwinian facts, however ably conducted. The time

has not yet come for the attempt to synthesize the results of the many

different and often apparently antagonistic groups of workers. The great

work that is going on is the simplification of the facts to be explained

by grouping them under empirical laws; and the most general statement

relating to these that can yet be made is that no single one of these

laws has as yet shown signs of taking rank as a _vera causa_ comparable

with the Darwinian principle of natural selection.

For evolution in relation to society see SOCIOLOGY.

REFERENCES.--Practically, every botanical and zoological publication

of recent date has its bearing on evolution. The following are a few

of the more general works: Bateson, _Materials for the Study of

Variation_; Bunge, _Vitalismus und Mechanismus_; Cope, _Origin of the

Fittest_, _Primary Factors of Organic Evolution_, _Darwin's Life and

Letters_; H. de Vries, _Species and Varieties and their Origin by

Mutation_; Eimer, _Organic Evolution_; Gulick, "Divergent Evolution

through Cumulative Segregation," _Jour. Linn. Soc._ xx.; Haacke,

_Schopfung des Menschen_; Mitchell, "Valuation of Zoological

Characters," _Trans. Linn. Soc._ viii. pt. 7; Pearson, _Grammar of

Science_; Romanes, _Darwin and after Darwin_; Sedgwick, Presidential

Address to Section Zoology, _Brit. Ass. Rep. 1899_; Wallace,

_Darwinism_; Weismann, _The Germ-Plasm_. Further references of great

value will be found in the works of Bateson and Pearson referred to

above, and in the annual volumes of the _Zoological Record_,

particularly under the head "General Subject." (P. C. M.)

FOOTNOTES:

[1] This is brought out by F. Lassalle, _Die Philosophie

Herakleitos_, p. 126.

[2] Zeller says that through this distinction Aristotle first made

possible the idea of development.

[3] See this well brought out in G.H. Lewes's _Aristotle_, p. 187.

[4] Grote calls attention to the contrast between Plato's and

Aristotle's way of conceiving the gradations of mind (_Aristotle_,

ii. 171).

[5] Zeller observes that this scale of decreasing perfection is a

necessary consequence of the idea of a transcendent deity.

[6] Melanges de philosophie juive et arabe, p. 225.

[7] Yet he leaves open the question whether the Deity has annexed

thought to matter as a faculty, or whether it rests on a distinct

spiritual principle.

[8] Locke half playfully touches on certain monsters, with respect to

which it is difficult to determine whether they ought to be called

men. (_Essay_, book iii. ch. vi. sect. 26, 27.)

[9] A similar coincidence between the teleological and the modern

evolutional way of viewing things is to be met with in Locke's

account of the use of pain in relation to the preservation of our

being (bk. ii. ch. vii. sect. 4).

[10] _Philosophy of History_ (1893), p. 103, where an interesting

sketch of the growth of the idea of progress is to be found.

[11] G.H. Lewes points out that Leibnitz is inconsistent in his

account of the intelligence of man in relation to that of lower

animals, since when answering Locke he no longer regards these as

differing in degree only.

[12] Both Lewes and du Bois Reymond have brought out the points of

contact between Leibnitz's theory of monads and modern biological

speculations (_Hist. of Phil._ ii. 287, and _Leibnitzsche Gedanken in

der modernen Naturwissenschaft_, p. 23 seq.).

[13] For Herder's position in relation to the modern doctrine of

evolution see F. von Barenbach's _Herder als Vorganger Darwins_, a

work which tends to exaggerate the proximity of the two writers.

[14] Kant held it probable that other planets besides our earth are

inhabited, and that their inhabitants form a scale of beings, their

perfection increasing with the distance of the planet which they

inhabit from the sun.

[15] Kant calls the doctrine of the transmutation of species "a

hazardous fancy of the reason." Yet, as Strauss and others have

shown, Kant's mind betrayed a decided leaning at times to a more

mechanical conception of organic forms as related by descent.

[16] Hegel somewhere says that the question of the eternal duration

of the world is unanswerable: time as well as space can be predicated

of finitudes only.

[17] _The Exercitationes de generatione animalium_, which Dr George

Ent extracted from him and published in 1651.

[18] _De generatione animalium_, lib. ii. cap. x.

[19] _De generatione animalium_, lib. ii. cap. iv.

[20] "Cependant, pour revenir aux formes ordinaires ou aux ames

materielles, cette duree qu'il leur faut attribuer, a la place de

celle qu'on avoit attribuee aux atomes pourroit faire douter si elles

ne vont pas de corps en corps; ce qui seroit la metempsychose, a peu

pres comme quelques philosophes ont cru la transmission du mouvement

et celle des especes. Mais cette imagination est bien eloignee de la

nature des choses. Il n'y a point de tel passage; et c'est ici ou les

transformations de Messieurs Swammerdam, Malpighi, et Leewenhoek, qui

sont des plus excellens observateurs de notre tems, sont venues a mon

secours et m'ont fait admettre plus aisement, que l'animal, et toute

autre substance organisee ne commence point lorsque nous le croyons,

et que sa generation apparente n'est qu'un developpement et une

espece d'augmentation. Aussi ai-je remarque que l'auteur de la

_Recherche de la verite_, M. Regis, M. Hartsoeker, et d'autres

habiles hommes n'ont pas ete fort eloignes de ce sentiment."

Leibnitz, _Systeme nouveau de la nature_ (1695). The doctrine of

"Emboitement" is contained in the _Considerations sur le principe de

vie_ (1705); the preface to the _Theodicee_ (1710); and the

_Principes de la nature et de la grace_ (S 6) (1718).

[21] "Il est vrai que la pensee la plus raisonnable et la plus

conforme a l'experience sur cette question tres difficile de la

formation du foetus; c'est que les enfans sont deja presque tout

formes avant meme l'action par laquelle ils sont concus; et que leurs

meres ne font que leur donner l'accroissement ordinaire dans le temps

de la grossesse." _De la recherche de la verite_, livre ii. chap.

vii. p. 334 (7th ed., 1721).

[22] _Considerations sur les corps organises_, chap. x.

[23] Bonnet had the courage of his opinions, and in the _Palingenesie

philosophique_, part vi. chap, iv., he develops a hypothesis which he

terms "evolution naturelle"; and which, making allowance for his

peculiar views of the nature of generation, bears no small

resemblance to what is understood by "evolution" at the present

day:--

"Si la volonte divine a cree par un seul Acte l'Universalite des

etres, d'ou venoient ces plantes et ces animaux dont Moyse nous

decrit la Production au troisieme et au cinquieme jour du

renouvellement de notre monde?

"Abuserois-je de la liberte de conjectures si je disois, que les

Plantes et les Animaux qui existent aujourd'hui sont parvenus par une

sorte d'evolution naturelle des Etres organises qui peuplaient ce

premier Monde, sorti immediatement des MAINS du CREATEUR?...

"Ne supposons que trois revolutions. La Terre vient de sortir des

MAINS du CREATEUR. Des causes preparees par sa Sagesse font

developper de toutes parts les Germes. Les Etres organises commencent

a jouir de l'existence. Ils etoient probablement alors bien differens

de ce qu'ils sont aujourd'hui. Ils l'etoient autant que ce premier

Monde differoit de celui que nous habitons. Nous manquons de moyens

pour juger de ces dissemblances, et peut-etre que le plus habile

Naturaliste qui auroit ete place dans ce premier Monde y auroit

entierement meconnu nos Plantes et nos Animaux."

[24] "Ce mot (germe) ne designera pas seulement un corps organise

_reduit en petit_; il designera encore toute espece de _preformation

originelle dont un Tout organique peut resulter comme de son principe

immediat."--Palingenesie philosophique_, part. x. chap. ii.

[25] "M. Cuvier considerant que tous les etres organises sont derives

de parens, et ne voyant dans la nature aucune force capable de

produire l'organisation, croyait a la pre-existence des germes; non

pas a la pre-existence d'un etre tout forme, puisqu'il est bien

evident que ce n'est que par des developpemens successifs que l'etre

acquiert sa forme; mais, si l'on peut s'exprimer ainsi, a la

pre-existence du radical de l'etre, radical qui existe avant que la

serie des evolutions ne commence, et qui remonte certainement,

suivant la belle observation de Bonnet, a plusieurs

generations."--Laurillard, _Eloge de Cuvier_, note 12.

[26] _Histoire naturelle_, tom. ii. ed. ii. (1750), p. 350.

[27] _Ibid._ p. 351.

[28] See particularly Buffon, l.c. p. 41.

[29] As Buffon has well said:--"L'idee de ramener l'explication de

tous les phenomenes a des principes mecaniques est assurement grande

et belle, ce pas est le plus hardi qu'on peut faire en philosophie,

et c'est Descartes qui l'a fait."--l.c. p. 50.

[30] _Principes de la philosophie_, Troisieme partie, S 45.

[31] _Ethices_, Pars tertia, Praefatio.

[32] _Systeme de la Nature. Essai sur la formation des corps

organises_, 1751, xiv.

[33] _Considerations philosophiques sur la gradation naturelle des

formes de l'etre; ou les essais de la nature qui apprend a faire

l'homme_ (1768).

[34] _Recherches sur les causes des principaux faits physiques_, par

J.B. Lamarck. Paris. Seconde annee de la Republique. In the preface,

Lamarck says that the work was written in 1776, and presented to the

Academy in 1780; but it was not published before 1794, and at that

time it presumably expressed Lamarck's mature views. It would be

interesting to know what brought about the change of opinion

manifested in the _Recherches sur l'organisation des corps vivants_,

published only seven years later.

[35] See the "Historical Sketch" prefixed to the last edition of the

_Origin of Species_.

[36] _First Principles and Principles of Biology_ (1860-1864).

[37] _Generelle Morphologie_ (1866).

[38] "Il s'agit donc de prouver que la serie qui constitute l'echelle

animale reside essentiellement dans la distribution des masses

principals qui la composent et non dans celle des especes ni meme

toujours dans celle des genres."--_Phil. zoologique_, chap. v.

[39] _Philosophie zoologique_, premiere partie, chap. iii.

[40] "Entwurf einer Darstellung der zwischen dem Embryozustande der

hoheren Thiere und dem per manenten der niederen stattfindenden

Parallele," _Beytrage zur vergleichenden Anatomie_, Bd. ii. 1811.

EVORA, the capital of an administrative district in the province of

Alemtejo, Portugal; 72 m. E. by S. of Lisbon, on the Casa

Branca-Evora-Elvas railway. Pop. (1900) 16,020. Evora occupies a fertile

valley enclosed by low hills. It is surrounded by ramparts flanked with

towers, and is further defended by two forts; but the neglected

condition of these, combined with the narrow arcaded streets and

crumbling walls of Roman or Moorish masonry, gives the city an

appearance corresponding with its real antiquity. Evora is the see of an

archbishop, and has several churches, convents and hospitals, barracks,

a diocesan school and a museum. A university, founded in 1550, was

abolished on the expulsion of the Jesuits in the 18th century. The

cathedral, originally a Romanesque building erected 1186-1204, was

restored in Gothic style about 1400; its richly decorated chancel was

added in 1761. The church of Sao Francisco (1507-1525) is a good example

of the blended Moorish and Gothic architecture known as Manoellian. The

art gallery, formerly the archbishop's palace, contains a collection of

Portuguese and early Flemish paintings. An ancient tower, and the

so-called aqueduct of Sertorius, 9 m. long, have been partly demolished

to make room for the market-square, in which one of the largest fairs in

Portugal is held at midsummer. Both tower and aqueduct were long

believed to have been of Roman origin, but are now known to have been

constructed about 1540-1555 in the reign of John III., at the instance

of an antiquary named Resende. The aqueduct was probably constructed on

the site of the old Roman one. A small Roman temple is used as a public

library; it is usually known as the temple of Diana, a name for which no

valid authority exists. Evora is of little commercial importance,

except as an agricultural centre, but its neighbourhood is famous for

its mules and abounds in cork-woods; there are also mines of iron,

copper, and asbestos and marble quarries.

Under its original name of _Ebora_, the city was from 80 to 72 B.C. the

headquarters of Sertorius, and it long remained an important Roman

military station. It was called _Liberalitas Juliae_ on account of

certain municipal privileges bestowed on it by Julius Caesar (c. 100-44

B.C.). Its bishopric, founded in the 5th century, was raised to an

archbishopric in the 16th. In 712 Evora was conquered by the Moors, who

named it _Jabura_; and it was only retaken in 1166. From 1663 to 1665 it

was held by the Spaniards. In 1832 Dom Miguel, retreating before Dom

Pedro, took refuge in Evora; and here was signed the convention of

Evora, by which he was banished. (See PORTUGAL.)

The administrative district of Evora coincides with the central part of

Alemtejo (q.v.); pop. (1900) 128,062; area, 2856 sq. m.

EVREUX, a town of north-western France, capital of the department of

Eure, 67 m. W.N.W. of Paris on the Western railway to Cherbourg. Pop.

(1906) town, 13,773; commune, 18,971. Situated in the pleasant valley of

the Iton, arms of which traverse it, the town, on the south, slopes up

toward the public gardens and the railway station. It is the seat of a

bishop, and its cathedral is one of the largest and finest in France.

Part of the lower portion of the nave dates from the 11th century; the

west facade with its two ungainly towers is, for the most part, the work

of the late Renaissance, and various styles of the intervening period

are represented in the rest of the church. A thorough restoration was

completed in 1896. The elaborate north transept and portal are in the

flamboyant Gothic; the choir, the finest part of the interior, is in an

earlier Gothic style. Cardinal de la Balue, bishop of Evreux in the

latter half of the 15th century, constructed the octagonal central

tower, with its elegant spire; to him is also due the Lady chapel, which

is remarkable for some finely preserved stained glass. Two rose windows

in the transepts and the carved wooden screens of the side chapels are

masterpieces of 16th-century workmanship. The episcopal palace, a

building of the 15th century, adjoins the south side of the cathedral.

An interesting belfry, facing the handsome modern town hall, dates from

the 15th century. The church of St Taurin, in part Romanesque, has a

choir of the 14th century and other portions of later date; it contains

the shrine of St Taurin, a work of the 13th century. At Vieil Evreux,

3-1/2 m. south-east of the town, the remains of a Roman theatre, a

palace, baths and an aqueduct have been discovered, as well as various

relics which are now deposited in the museum of Evreux. Evreux is the

seat of a prefect, a court of assizes, of tribunals of first instance

and commerce, a chamber of commerce and a board of trade arbitrators,

and has a branch of the Bank of France, a lycee and training colleges

for teachers. The making of ticking, boots and shoes, agricultural

implements and gas motors, and metal-founding and bleaching are carried

on.

Vieil-Evreux (_Mediolanum Aulercorum_) was the capital of the Gallic

tribe of the _Aulerci Eburovices_ and a flourishing city during the

Gallo-Roman period. Its bishopric dates from the 4th century.

The first family of the counts of Evreux which is known was descended

from an illegitimate son of Richard I., duke of Normandy, and became

extinct in the male line with the death of Count William in 1118. The

countship passed in right of Agnes, William's sister, wife of Simon de

Montfort-l'Amaury (d. 1087) to the house of the lords of

Montfort-l'Amaury. Amaury III. of Montfort ceded it in 1200 to King

Philip Augustus. Philip the Fair presented it (1307) to his brother

Louis, for whose benefit Philip the Long raised the countship of Evreux

into a peerage of France (1317). Philip of Evreux, son of Louis, became

king of Navarre by his marriage with Jeanne, daughter of Louis the

Headstrong (Hutin), and their son Charles the Bad and their grandson

Charles the Noble were also kings of Navarre. The latter ceded his

countships of Evreux, Champagne and Brie to King Charles VI. (1404). In

1427 the countship of Evreux was bestowed by King Charles VII. on Sir

John Stuart of Darnley (c. 1365-1429), the commander of his Scottish

bodyguard, who in 1423 had received the seigniory of Aubigny and in

February 1427/8 was granted the right to quarter the royal arms of

France for his victories over the English (see Lady Elizabeth Cust,

_Account of the Stuarts of Aubigny in France, 1422-1672_, 1891). On

Stuart's death (before Orleans during an attack on an English convoy)

the countship reverted to the crown. It was again temporarily alienated

(1569-1584) as an appanage for Francis, duke of Anjou, and in 1651 was

finally made over to Frederic Maurice de la Tour d'Auvergne, duke of

Bouillon, in exchange for the principality of Sedan.

EWALD, GEORG HEINRICH AUGUST VON (1803-1875), German Orientalist and

theologian, was born on the 16th of November 1803 at Gottingen, where

his father was a linen-weaver. In 1815 he was sent to the gymnasium, and

in 1820 he entered the university of his native town, where under J.G.

Eichhorn and T.C. Tychsen he devoted himself specially to the study of

Oriental languages. At the close of his academical career in 1823 he was

appointed to a mastership in the gymnasium at Wolfenbuttel, and made a

study of the Oriental manuscripts in the Wolfenbuttel library. But in

the spring of 1824 he was recalled to Gottingen as _repetent_, or

theological tutor, and in 1827 (the year of Eichhorn's death) he became

professor _extraordinarius_ in philosophy and lecturer in Old Testament

exegesis. In 1831 he was promoted to the position of professor

_ordinarius_ in philosophy; in 1833 he became a member of the Royal

Scientific Society, and in 1835, after Tychsen's death, he entered the

faculty of theology, taking the chair of Oriental languages.

Two years later occurred the first important episode in his studious

life. In 1837, on the 18th of November, along with six of his colleagues

he signed a formal protest against the action of King Ernst August (duke

of Cumberland) in abolishing the liberal constitution of 1833, which had

been granted to the Hanoverians by his predecessor William IV. This bold

procedure of the seven professors led to their speedy expulsion from the

university (14th December). Early in 1838 Ewald received a call to

Tubingen, and there for upwards of ten years he held a chair as

professor _ordinarius_, first in philosophy and afterwards, from 1841,

in theology. To this period belong some of his most important works, and

also the commencement of his bitter feud with F.C. Baur and the Tubingen

school. In 1847, "the great shipwreck-year in Germany," as he has called

it, he was invited back to Gottingen on honourable terms--the liberal

constitution having been restored. He gladly accepted the invitation. In

1862-1863 he took an active part in a movement for reform within the

Hanoverian Church, and he was a member of the synod which passed the new

constitution. He had an important share also in the formation of the

Protestantenverein, or Protestant association, in September 1863. But

the chief crisis in his life arose out of the political events of 1866.

His loyalty to King George (son of Ernst August) would not permit him to

take the oath of allegiance to the victorious king of Prussia, and he

was therefore placed on the retired list, though with the full amount of

his salary as pension. Perhaps even this degree of severity might have

been held by the Prussian authorities to be unnecessary, had Ewald been

less exasperating in his language. The violent tone of some of his

printed manifestoes about this time, especially of his _Lob des Konigs

u. des Volkes_, led to his being deprived of the _venia legendi_ (1868)

and also to a criminal process, which, however, resulted in his

acquittal (May 1869). Then, and on two subsequent occasions, he was

returned by the city of Hanover as a member of the North German and

German parliaments. In June 1874 he was found guilty of a libel on

Prince Bismarck, whom he had compared to Frederick II. in "his

unrighteous war with Austria and his ruination of religion and

morality," to Napoleon III. in his way of "picking out the best time

possible for robbery and plunder." For this offence he was sentenced to

undergo three weeks' imprisonment. He died in his 72nd year of heart

disease on the 4th of May 1875.

Ewald was no common man. In his public life he displayed many noble

characteristics,--perfect simplicity and sincerity, intense moral

earnestness, sturdy independence, absolute fearlessness. As a teacher

he had a remarkable power of kindling enthusiasm; and he sent out many

distinguished pupils, among whom may be mentioned Hitzig, Schrader,

Noldeke, Diestel and Dillmann. His disciples were not all of one school,

but many eminent scholars who apparently have been untouched by his

influence have in fact developed some of the many ideas which he

suggested. His numerous writings, from 1823 onwards, were the reservoirs

in which the entire energy of a life was stored. His _Hebrew Grammar_

inaugurated a new era in biblical philology. All subsequent works in

that department have been avowedly based on his, and to him will always

belong the honour of having been, as Hitzig has called him, "the second

founder of the science of the Hebrew language." As an exegete and

biblical critic no less than as a grammarian he has left his abiding

mark. His _Geschichte des Volkes Israel_, the result of thirty years'

labour, was epoch-making in that branch of research. While in every line

it bears the marks of intense individuality, it is at the same time a

product highly characteristic of the age, and even of the decade, in

which it appeared. If it is obviously the outcome of immense learning on

the part of its author, it is no less manifestly the result of the

speculations and researches of many laborious predecessors in all

departments of history, theology and philosophy. Taking up the idea of a

divine education of the human race, which Lessing and Herder had made so

familiar to the modern mind, and firmly believing that to each of the

leading nations of antiquity a special task had been providentially

assigned, Ewald felt no difficulty about Israel's place in universal

history, or about the problem which that race had been called upon to

solve. The history of Israel, according to him, is simply the history of

the manner in which the one true religion really and truly came into the

possession of mankind. Other nations, indeed, had attempted the highest

problems in religion; but Israel alone, in the providence of God, had

succeeded, for Israel alone had been inspired. Such is the supreme

meaning of that national history which began with the exodus and

culminated (at the same time virtually terminating) in the appearing of

Christ. The historical interval that separated these two events is

treated as naturally dividing itself into three great periods,--those of

Moses, David and Ezra. The periods are externally indicated by the

successive names by which the chosen people were called--Hebrews,

Israelites, Jews. The events prior to the exodus are relegated by Ewald

to a preliminary chapter of primitive history; and the events of the

apostolic and post-apostolic age are treated as a kind of appendix. The

entire construction of the history is based, as has already been said,

on a critical examination and chronological arrangement of the available

documents. So far as the results of criticism are still uncertain with

regard to the age and authorship of any of these, Ewald's conclusions

must of course be regarded as unsatisfactory. But his work remains a

storehouse of learning and is increasingly recognized as a work of rare

genius.

Of his works the more important are:--_Die Composition der Genesis

kritisch untersucht_ (1823), an acute and able attempt to account for

the use of the two names of God without recourse to the

document-hypothesis; he was not himself, however, permanently

convinced by it; _De metris carminum Arabicorum_ (1825); _Das Hohelied

Salomo's ubersetzt u. erklart_ (1826; 3rd ed., 1866); _Kritische

Grammatik der hebr. Sprache_ (1827)--this afterwards became the

_Ausfuhrliches Lehrbuch der hebr. Sprache_ (8th ed., 1870); and it was

followed by the _Hebr. Sprachlehre fur Anfanger_ (4th ed., 1874);

_Uber einige altere Sanskritmetra_ (1827); _Liber Vakedii de

Mesopotamiae expugnatae historia_ (1827); _Commentarius in Apocalypsin

Johannis_ (1828); _Abhandlungen zur biblischen u. orientalischen

Literatur_ (1832); _Grammatica critica linguae Arabicae_ (1831-1833);

_Die poetischen Bucher des alten Bundes_ (1835-1837, 3rd ed.,

1866-1867); _Die Propheten des alten Bundes_ (1840-1841, 2nd ed.,

1867-1868); _Geschichte des Volkes Israel_ (1843-1859, 3rd ed.,

1864-1868); _Alterthumer Israels_ (1848); _Die drei ersten Evangelien

ubersetzt u. erklart_ (1850); _Uber das athiopische Buch Henoch_

(1854); _Die Sendschreiben des Apostels Paulus ubersetzt u. erklart_

(1857); _Die Johanneischen Schriften ubersetzt u. erklart_

(1861-1862); _Uber das vierte Esrabuch_ (1863); _Sieben Sendschreiben

des neuen Bundes_ (1870); _Das Sendschreiben an die Hebraer u.

Jakobos' Rundschreiben_ (1870); _Die Lehre der Bibel von Gott, oder

Theologie des alten u. neuen Bundes_ (1871-1875). The _Jahrbucher der

biblischen Wissenschaft_ (1849-1865) were edited, and for the most

part written, by him. He was the chief promoter of the _Zeitschrift

fur die Kunde des Morgenlandes_, begun in 1837; and he frequently

contributed on various subjects to the _Gotting. gelehrte Anzeigen_.

He was also the author of many pamphlets of an occasional character.

The following have been translated into English:--_Hebrew Grammar_, by

John Nicholson (from 2nd German edition) (London 1836); _Introductory

Hebrew Grammar_ (from 3rd German edition) (London, 1870); _History of

Israel_, 5 vols. (corresponding to vols. i.-iv. of the German), by

Russell Martineau and J. Estlin Carpenter (London, 1867-1874);

_Antiquities of Israel_, by H.S. Solly (London, 1876); _Commentary on

the Prophets of the Old Testament_, by J. Frederick Smith (2 vols.,

London, 1876-1877); _Isaiah the Prophet_, chaps. i.-xxxiii., by O.

Glover (London, 1869); _Life of Jesus Christ_, also by O. Glover

(London, 1865).

See the article in Herzog-Hauck; T. Witton Davies, _Heinrich Ewald_

(1903); and cf. T.K. Cheyne, _Founders of Old Testament Criticism_

(1893); F. Lichtenberger, _History of German Theology in the

Nineteenth Century_ (1889).

EWALD, JOHANNES (1743-1781), the greatest lyrical poet of Denmark, was

the son of a melancholy and sickly chaplain at Copenhagen, where he was

born on the 18th of November 1743. At the age of eleven he was sent to

school at Schleswig, his father's birthplace, and returned to the

capital only to enter the university in 1758. His father was by that

time dead, and in his mother, a frivolous and foolish woman, he found

neither sympathy nor moral support. At fifteen he fell passionately in

love with Arense Hulegaard, a girl whose father afterwards married the

poet's mother; and the romantic boy resolved on various modes of making

himself admired by the young lady. He began to learn Abyssinian, for the

purpose of going out as a missionary to Africa, but this scheme was soon

given up, and he persuaded a brother, four years older than himself, to

run away that they might enlist as hussars in the Prussian army. They

managed to reach Hamburg just when the Seven Years' War was commencing

and were allowed to enter a regiment. But the elder brother soon got

tired and ran away, while the poet, after a series of extraordinary

adventures, deserted to the Austrian army, where from being drummer he

rose to being sergeant, and was only not made an officer because he was

a Protestant. In 1760 he was weary of a soldier's life and deserted

again, getting safe back to Denmark. For the next two years he worked

with great diligence at the university, but the Arense for whom he had

gone through so much hardship and taken so much pains married another

man almost immediately after Ewald's final and very successful

examination. The disappointment was one from which he never recovered,

but his own weakness of will was largely to blame for it. He plunged

into dissipation of every kind, and gave his serious thoughts only to

poetry.

In 1763 his first work, a perfunctory dissertation, _De pyrologia

sacra_, first saw the light. In 1764 he made a considerable success with

a short prose story in the popular manner of Sneedorf, _Lykkens Tempel_

(The Temple of Fortune), which was translated into German and Icelandic.

On the death of Frederick V., however, Ewald first appeared prominently

as a poet; he published in 1766 three _Elegies_ over the dead king,

which were received with universal acclamation, and of which one, at

least, is a veritable masterpiece. But his dramatic poem _Adam og Eva_

(Adam and Eve), by far the finest imaginative work produced in Denmark

up to that time, was rejected by the Society of Arts in 1767 and was not

published until 1769. At the latter date, however, its merits were

perceived. In 1770 Ewald attained success with _Philet_, a narrative and

lyrical poem, and still more with his splendid _Rolf Krage_, the first

original Danish tragedy. For the next ten years Ewald was occupied in

producing one brilliant poetical work after another, in rapid

succession. In 1771 he published _De brutale Klappers_ (The Brutal

Clappers), a tragi-comedy or parody satirizing the dispute then raging

between the critics and the manager of the Royal Theatre; in 1772 he

translated from the German the lyrical drama of _Philemon and Baucis_,

and brought out his versified comedy of _Harlequin Patriot_, a satire on

the passion for political scribbling created by Struensee's introduction

of the liberty of the press. In 1773 he published _Pebersvendene_ (Old

Bachelors), a prose comedy. In 1771 he had already collected some of his

lyrical poems under the title of _Adskilligt af Johannes Ewald_

(Miscellanies). In 1774 appeared the heroic opera of _Balder's Dod_

(Balder's Death), and in 1779 the finest of his works, the lyrical drama

_Fiskerne_ (The Fishers), which contains the Danish National Song, "King

Christian stood by the high Mast," his most famous lyric. In the two

poems last mentioned, however, Ewald passed beyond contemporary taste,

and these great works, the pride of Danish literature, were coldly

received. But while the new poetry was slowly winning its way into

popular esteem, the poet did not lack admirers, and at the head of these

he founded in 1775 the Danish Literary Society, a body which became

influential, and which made the study of Ewald a cultus. But the poet's

health had broken; when he was writing _Rolf Krage_ he was already an

inmate of the consumptive hospital, and when he seemed to be recovering,

his health was shattered again by a night spent in the frosty streets.

He embittered his existence by the recklessness of his private life, and

finally, through a fall from a horse, he ended by becoming a complete

invalid. His last ten years were full of acute suffering; his mother

treated him with cruelty, his family with neglect, and but few even of

his friends showed any manliness or generosity towards him. In 1774 he

was placed in the house of an inspector of fisheries at Rungsted, where

Anna Hedevig Jacobsen, the daughter of the house, tended the wasted poet

with infinite tenderness and skill. He stayed in this house for three

years, and wrote there some of his finest later lyrics. Meanwhile he had

fallen deeply in love with the charming solace of his sufferings and won

her consent to a marriage. This step, however, was prevented by his

family, who roughly removed him to their own keeping near Kronborg. Here

he was treated so infamously that he insisted on being taken back to

Copenhagen in 1777, where he found an older, but no less tender nurse,

in Ane Kirstine Skou. Here he wrote _Fiskerne_ with his imagination full

of the familiar shore at Hornbaek, near Rungsted. In 1780 he was a

little better, and managed to be present at the theatre at the first

performance of his poem. But this excitement hastened his end, and after

months of extreme agony he died on the 17th of March 1781, and was

carried to the grave by a large assembly of his admirers, since he was

now just recognized by the public for the first time as the greatest

national poet. Among his papers were found fragments of three dramas,

two on old Scandinavian subjects, entitled _Frode_ and _Helgo_, and the

third a tragedy on the story of _Hamlet_, which he meant to treat in a

way wholly distinct from Shakespeare's.

Ewald belongs to the race of poetical reformers who appeared in all

countries of Europe at the end of the 18th century; but it is

interesting to observe that in point of time he preceded all of them. He

was born six years earlier than Goethe and Alfieri, sixteen years before

Schiller, nine years before Andre Chenier, and twenty-seven years

earlier than Wordsworth, but he did for Denmark what each of these poets

did for his own country. Ewald found Danish literature given over to

tasteless rhetoric, and without art or vigour. He introduced vivacity of

style, freshness and brevity of form, and an imaginative study of nature

which was then unprecedented. But perhaps his greatest claim to notice

is the fact that he was the first person to call the attention of the

Scandinavian peoples to the treasuries of their ancient history and

mythology, and to suggest the use of these in imaginative writing. With

a colouring more distinctly modern than that of Collins and Gray, his

lyrics yet resemble the odes of these his English contemporaries more

closely than those of any continental poet; from another point of view

his ballads remind us of those of Schiller, which they preceded. His

dramas, which had an immense influence on the Danish stage, are now

chiefly of antiquarian interest, with the exception of "The Fishers," a

work that must always live as a great national poem. In personal

character and in fate Ewald seems to have been not unlike Heinrich

Heine.

The first collected edition of Ewald's works began to appear in his

lifetime. It is in four volumes, 1780-1784. His works have constantly

been reprinted, but the standard edition is that by Liebenberg, in 8

vols., 1850-1855. The best biographies of him are those by C. Molbech

(1831), Hammerich (1860) and Andreas Dolleris (1900). (E. G.)

EWART, WILLIAM (1798-1869), English politician, was born in Liverpool on

the 1st of May 1798. He was educated at Eton and Christ Church, Oxford,

gaining the Newdigate prize for English verse. He was called to the bar

at the Middle Temple in 1827, and the next year entered parliament for

the borough of Bletchingley in Surrey. He subsequently sat for Liverpool

from 1830 to 1837, for Wigan in 1839, and for Dumfries Burghs from 1841

until his retirement from public life in 1868. He died at Broadleas,

near Devizes, on the 23rd of January 1869, Ewart, who was an advanced

liberal in politics, was responsible during his long political career

for many useful measures. In 1834 he carried a bill for the abolition of

hanging in chains, and in 1837 he was successful in getting an act

passed for abolishing capital punishment for cattle-stealing and other

offences. In 1850 he carried a bill for establishing free libraries

supported out of the rates, and in 1864 he was instrumental in getting

an act passed for legalizing the use of the metric system of weights and

measures. He was always a strong advocate for the abolition of capital

punishment, and on his motion in 1864 a select committee was appointed

to consider the subject. Other reforms which he advocated and which have

since been carried out were an annual statement on education, and the

examination of candidates for the civil service and army.

EWE, a group of Negro peoples of the Slave Coast, West Africa. By the

natives their country is called _Ewe-me_, "Land of the Ewe." The Ewe

family forms five linguistic groups: the Anlo or Anglawa on the Gold

Coast frontier, the Krepi of Anfueh speech, the Jeji, the Dahomeyans and

the Mahi.

See further Dahomey, and A.B. Ellis, _The Ewe-Speaking Peoples of the

Slave Coast_ ... (London, 1890).

EWELL, RICHARD STODDERT (1817-1872), American soldier,

lieutenant-general in the Confederate army, was born in Georgetown, now

a part of Washington, D.C., on the 2nd of February 1817, and graduated

at West Point in 1840. As a cavalry officer he saw much active service

in the Mexican War and later in Indian warfare in New Mexico. He

resigned his commission at the outbreak of the Civil War, and entered

the Confederate service. He commanded a brigade in the first Bull Run

campaign, and a division in the famous Valley Campaign of "Stonewall"

Jackson, to whom he was next in rank. At Cross Keys he was in command of

the forces which defeated General Fremont. Ewell's division served with

Jackson in the Seven Days and in the campaign of Second Bull Run. At the

action of Groveton Ewell lost a leg, but did not on that account retire

from active service, though other generals led his men in the sanguinary

battles of Antietam (where they lost 47% of their numbers) and

Fredericksburg. After the death of "Stonewall" Jackson, Ewell was

promoted lieutenant-general and appointed to command the 2nd Corps, with

which he had served from the beginning of the Valley Campaign. His

promotion set aside General J.E.B. Stuart, the temporary commander of

Jackson's corps; that Ewell, crippled as he was, was preferred to the

brilliant cavalry leader was a marked testimony to his sterling

qualities as a soldier. The invasion of Pennsylvania soon followed,

Ewell's corps leading the advance of Lee's army. A federal force was

skilfully cut off and destroyed near Winchester, Va., and Ewell's corps

then raided Maryland and southern Pennsylvania unchecked. At the battle

of Gettysburg, the 2nd Corps decided the fighting of the first day in

favour of the Confederates, driving the enemy before them; on the second

day it fought a desperate action on Lee's left wing. Ewell took part in

the closing operations of 1863 and in all the battles of the Wilderness

and Petersburg campaigns. In the final campaign of 1865 he and the

remnant of his corps were cut off and forced to surrender at Sailor's

Creek, a few days before his chief capitulated to Grant at Appomattox.

After the war General Ewell lived in retirement. He died near Spring

Hill, Maury County, Tennessee, on the 25th of January 1872.

EWING, ALEXANDER (1814-1873), Scottish divine, was born of an old

Highland family in Aberdeen on the 25th of March 1814. In October 1838

he was admitted to deacon's orders, and after his return from Italy he

took charge of the episcopal congregation at Forres, and was ordained a

presbyter in the autumn of 1841. In 1846 he was elected first bishop of

the newly restored diocese of Argyll and the Isles, the duties of which

position he discharged till his death on the 22nd of May 1873. In 1851

he received the degree of D.C.L. from the university of Oxford. Though

hampered by a delicate bodily constitution, he worked in a spirit of

buoyant cheerfulness. By the charm of his personal manner and his

catholic sympathies he gradually attained a prominent position. In

theological discussion he contended for the exercise of a wide

tolerance, and attached little importance to ecclesiastical authority

and organization. His own theological position had close affinity with

that of Thomas Erskine of Linlathen and Frederick Denison Maurice; but

his opinions were the fruit of his own meditation, and were coloured by

his own individuality. The trend of his teaching is only to be gathered

from fragmentary publications--letters to the newspapers, pamphlets,

special sermons, essays contributed to the series of _Present Day

Papers_, of which he was the editor, and a volume of sermons entitled

_Revelation considered as Light_.

Besides his strictly theological writings, Ewing was the author of the

_Cathedral or Abbey Church of Iona_ (1865), the first part of which

contains drawings and descriptive letterpress of the ruins, and the

second a history of the early Celtic church and the mission of St

Columba. See _Memoir of Alexander Ewing, D.C.L._, by A.J. Ross (1877).

EWING, JULIANA HORATIA ORR (1841-1885), English writer of books for

children, daughter of the Rev. Alfred Gatty and of Margaret Gatty

(q.v.), was born at Ecclesfield, Yorkshire, in 1841. One of a large

family, she was accustomed to act as nursery story-teller to her

brothers and sisters, and her brother Alfred Scott Gatty provided music

to accompany her plays. She was well educated in classics and modern

languages, and at an early age began to publish verses, being a

contributor to _Aunt Judy's Magazine_, which her mother started in 1866.

_The Land of Lost Toys_ and many other of Juliana's stories appeared in

this magazine. In 1867 she married Major Alexander Ewing, himself an

author, and the composer of the well-known hymn "Jerusalem the Golden."

From this time until her death (13th May 1885), previously to which she

had been a constant invalid, Mrs Ewing produced a number of charming

children's stories. The best of these are: _The Brownies_ (1870), _A

Flat-Iron for a Farthing_ (1873), _Lob-lie-by the Fire_ (1874), _The

Story of a Short Life_ (1885) and _Jackanapes_ (1884), the two

last-named, in particular, obtaining great success; among others may be

mentioned _Mrs Over-the-Way's Remembrances_ (1869), _Six to Sixteen, Jan

of the Windmill_ (1876), _A Great Emergency_ (1877), _We and the World_

(1881), _Old-Fashioned Fairy Tales, Brothers of Pity_ (1882), _The

Doll's Wash_, _Master Fritz_, _Our Garden_, _A Soldier's Children_,

_Three Little Nest-Birds_, _A Week Spent in a Glass-House_, _A Sweet

Little Dear_, and _Blue-Red_ (1883). Many of these were published by the

S.P.C.K. Simple and unaffected in style, and sound and wholesome in

matter, with quiet touches of humour and bright sketches of scenery and

character, Mrs Ewing's best stories have never been surpassed in the

style of literature to which they belong.

EWING, THOMAS (1789-1871), American lawyer and statesman, was born near

the present West Liberty, West Virginia, on the 28th of December 1789.

His father, George Ewing, settled at Lancaster, Fairfield county, Ohio,

in 1792. Thomas graduated at Ohio University, Athens, Ohio, in 1815, and

in August 1816 was admitted to the bar at Lancaster, where he won high

rank as an advocate. He was a Whig member of the United States senate in

1831-1837, and as such took a prominent part in the legislative struggle

over the United States Bank, whose rechartering he favoured and which he

resolutely defended against President Jackson's attack, opposing in able

speeches the withdrawal of deposits and Secretary Woodbury's "Specie

Circular" of 1836. In March 1841 he became secretary of the treasury in

President W.H. Harrison's cabinet. When, however, after President

Tyler's accession, the relations between the President and the Whig

Party became strained, he retired (September 1841) and was succeeded by

Walter Forward (1786-1852). Subsequently from March 1849 to July 1850

he was a member of President Taylor's cabinet as the first secretary of

the newly established department of the interior. He thoroughly

organized the department, and in his able annual report advocated the

construction by government aid of a railroad to the Pacific Coast. In

1850-1851 he filled the unexpired term of Thomas Corwin in the U.S.

Senate, strenuously opposing Clay's compromise measures and advocating

the abolition of slavery in the District of Columbia. He was

subsequently a delegate to the Peace Congress in 1861, and was a loyal

supporter of President Lincoln's war policy. He died at Lancaster, Ohio,

on the 26th of October 1871.

His daughter was the wife of General William T. Sherman. His son, Hugh

Boyle Ewing (1826-1905), served throughout the Civil War in the Federal

armies, rising from the rank of colonel (1861) to that of

brigadier-general (1862) and brevet major-general (1865), and commanding

brigades at Antietam and Vicksburg and a division at Chickamauga; and

was minister of the United States to the Netherlands in 1866-1870.

Another son, Thomas Ewing (1829-1896), studied at Brown University in

1852-1854 (in 1894, by a special vote, he was placed on the list of

graduates in the class of 1856); he was a lawyer and a free-state

politician in Kansas in 1857-1861, and was the first chief-justice of

the Kansas supreme court (1861-1862). In the Civil War he attained the

rank of brigadier-general (March 1863) and received the brevet of

major-general (1865). He was subsequently a representative in Congress

from Ohio in 1877-1881; and from 1882 to 1896 practised law in New York

City, where he was long one of the recognized leaders of the bar.

EXAMINATIONS. The term "examination" (i.e. inspecting, weighing and

testing; from Lat. _examen_, the tongue of a balance) is used in the

following article to denote a systematic test of knowledge, and of

either special or general capacity or fitness, carried out under the

authority of some public body.

1. _History._--The oldest known system of examinations in history is

that used in China for the selection of officers for the public service

(c. 1115 B.C.), and the periodic tests which they undergo after entry

(c. 2200 B.C.). See CHINA; also W.A.P. Martin, _The Lore of Cathay_

(1901), p. 311 et seq.; T.L. Bullock, "Competitive Examinations in

China" (_Nineteenth Century_, July 1894); and Etienne Zi, _Pratique des

examens litteraires en Chine_ (Shanghai, 1894). The abolition of this

system was announced in 1906, and, as a partial substitute, it was

decided to hold an annual examination in Peking of Chinese graduates

educated abroad (_Times_, 22nd of October 1906).

The majority of examinations in western countries are derived from the

university examinations of the middle ages. The first universities of

Europe consisted of corporations of teachers and of students analogous

to the trade gilds and merchant gilds of the time. In the trade gilds

there were apprentices, companions, and masters. No one was admitted to

mastership until he had served his apprenticeship (q.v.), nor, as a

rule, until he had shown that he could accomplish a piece of work to the

satisfaction of the gild.

The object of the universities was to teach; and to the three classes

established by the gild correspond roughly the _scholar_, the _bachelor_

or pupil-teacher (see Rashdall i. 209, note 2, and 221, note 5), and the

_master_ or _doctor_ (two terms at first equivalent) who, having served

his apprenticeship and passed a definite technical test, had received

permission to teach. The early universities of Europe, being under the

same religious authority and animated by the same philosophy, resembled

each other very closely in curriculum and general organization and

examinations, and by the authority of the emperor, or of the pope in

most cases, the permission to teach granted by one university was valid

in all (_jus ubicunque docendi_).

The earliest university examinations of which a description is available

are those in civil and in canon law held at Bologna at a period

subsequent to 1219. The student was admitted without examination as

bachelor after from four to six years' study, and after from six to

eight years' study became qualified as a candidate for the doctorate. He

might obtain the doctorate in both branches of law in ten years

(Rashdall i. 221-222).

The doctoral examination at Bologna in the 13th-14th centuries consisted

of two parts--a private examination which was the real test, and a

public one of a ceremonial character (_conventus_). The candidate first

took an "oath that he had complied with all the statutable conditions,

that he would give no more than the statutable fees or entertainments to

the rector himself, the doctor or his fellow-students, and that he would

obey the rector." He was then presented to the archdeacon of Bologna by

one or more doctors, who were required to have satisfied themselves of

his fitness by private examination. On the morning of the examination,

after attending mass, he was assigned by one of the doctors of the

assembled college two passages (_puncta_) in the civil or canon law,

which he retired to his house to study, possibly with the assistance of

the presenting doctor. Later in the day he gave a lecture on, or

exposition of, the prepared passages, and was examined on them by two of

the doctors appointed by the college. Other doctors might then put

supplementary questions on law arising out of the passages, or might

suggest objections to his answers. The vote of the doctors present was

taken by ballot, and the fate of the candidate was determined by the

majority. The successful candidate, who received the title of

licentiate, was, on payment of a heavy fee and other expenses, permitted

to proceed to the _conventus_ or final public examination. This

consisted in the delivery of a speech and the defence of a thesis on

some point of law, selected by the candidate, against opponents selected

from among the students. The successful candidate received from the

archdeacon the formal "licence to teach" by the authority of the pope in

the name of the Trinity, and was invested with the insignia of office.

At Bologna, though not at Paris, the "permission to teach" soon became

fictitious, only a small number of doctors being allowed to exercise the

right of teaching in that university (Rashdall).

In the faculty of arts of Paris, towards the end of the 13th century,

the system was already more complicated than at Bologna. The

baccalaureate, licentiateship, and mastership formed three distinct

degrees. For admission to the baccalaureate a preliminary test or

"Responsions" was first required, at which the candidate had to dispute

in grammar or logic with a master. The examiners then inspected the

certificates (_schedulae_) of residence and of having attended lectures

in the prescribed subjects, and examined him in the contents of his

books. The successful candidate was admitted to maintain a thesis

against an opponent, a process called "determination" (see Rashdall i.

443 et seq.), and as bachelor was then permitted to give "cursory"

lectures. After five or six years from the date of beginning his studies

(matriculation) and being twenty years of age (these conditions varied

at different periods), a bachelor was permitted to present himself for

the examination for the licentiateship, which was divided into two

parts. The first part was conducted in private by the chancellor and

four examiners (_temptatores in cameris_), and included an inquiry into

the candidate's residence, attendance at lectures, and performance of

exercises, as well as examination in prescribed books; those candidates

adjudged worthy were admitted to the more important examination before

the faculty, and the names of successful candidates were sent to the

chancellor in batches of eight or more at a time, arranged in order of

merit. (The order of merit at the examination for the licentiateship

existed in Paris till quite recently.) Each successful candidate was

then required to maintain a thesis chosen by himself (_quodlibetica_) in

St Julian's church, and was finally submitted to a purely formal public

examination (_collatio_) at either the episcopal palace or the abbey of

Ste Genevieve, before receiving from the chancellor, in the name of the

Trinity, the licence to incept or begin to teach in the faculty of arts.

After some six months more the licentiate took part "in a peculiarly

solemn disputation known as his 'Vespers,'" then gave his formal

inaugural lecture or disputation before the faculty, and was received

into the faculty as master. This last process was called "inception."

In discussing the value of medieval examinations of the kind described,

Paulsen (_The German Universities_ (1906), p. 25) asserts that they were

well adapted to increase a student's alertness, his power of

comprehending new ideas, and his ability quickly and surely to

assimilate them to his own, and that "they did more to enable [students]

to grasp a subject than the mute and solitary reviewing and cramming of

our modern examinations can possibly do." At their best they fulfilled

precisely the technical purpose for which they were intended; they fully

tested the capacity of the candidate to teach the subjects which he was

required to teach in accordance with the methods which he was required

to use. The limitations of the test were the limitations of the

educational and philosophic ideals of the time, in which a dogmatic

basis was presupposed to all knowledge and criticism was limited to the

superstructure. At their worst, even with venal examiners (and

additional fees were often offered as a bribe), Rashdall regards these

examinations (at the end of the 13th century) as probably "less of a

farce than the pass examinations of Oxford and Cambridge almost within

the memory of persons now living." It is, however, to be pointed out

that the standard in Paris and elsewhere at a later date became

scandalously low in some cases. In some universities the sons of nobles

were regularly excused certain examinations. At Cambridge in 1774 Fellow

Commoners were examined with such precipitation to fulfil the formal

requirements of the statutes that the ceremony was termed "huddling for

a degree" (Jebb, _Remarks upon the Present Mode of Education in the

University of Cambridge_, 4th ed., 1774, p. 32). The last privileges of

this kind were abolished at Cambridge by a grace passed on the 20th of

March 1884.

In the medieval examinations described above we find most of the

elements of our present examinations: certificates of previous study and

good conduct, preparation of set-books, questioning on subjects not

specially prepared, division of examinations into various parts,

classification in order of merit, payment of fees, the presentation of a

dissertation, and the defence and publication of a thesis (a term of

which the meaning has now become extended).

The requirement to write answers to questions written or dictated, to

satisfy a practical test (other than in teaching), and a clinical test

in medicine, appear to be of later date.[1] The medieval candidate for

the doctorate in medicine, although required to have attended practice

before presenting himself, discussed as his thesis a purely theoretical

question, often semi-theological in character, of which as an extreme

example may be quoted "whether Adam had a navel."

The competitive system was developed considerably at Louvain, and in the

15th century the candidates for the mastership of arts were divided into

three classes (_rigorosi_, honour-men; _transibiles_, pass-men;

_gratiosi_, charity-passes), while a fourth, which was not published,

contained the names of those who failed. In the 17th century the first

class comprised the names of twelve, and the second, of twenty-four,

candidates, who were divided on the report of their teachers into

classes before the examination, and finally arranged in order of merit

by the examiners (Vernulaeus, quoted by Sir W. Hamilton, _Discussions_,

1852; p. 647; Rashdall, loc. cit. ii. 262). At the Cambridge tripos (as

described by Jebb in 1774, _Remarks_, &c., pp. 20-31) the first

twenty-four candidates were also selected by a preliminary test; they

were then divided further into "wranglers" (the disputants, _par

excellence_) and _Senior Optimes_, the next twelve on the list being

called the _Junior Optimes_. These names have in the mathematics tripos

survived the procedure. (The name _Tripos_ is derived from the

three-legged stool on which "an old bachilour," selected for the

purpose, sat during his disputation with the senior bachelor of the

year, who was required to propound two questions to him.)

The subjects in which the medieval universities examined were (i.) those

of the trivium and quadrivium in the faculty of arts; (ii.) theology;

(iii.) medicine; and (iv.) civil and canon law. The number of subjects

in which examinations are held has since grown immensely. We can only

sketch in outline the transformations of certain typical university

systems of examinations.

At Oxford there is no record of a process of formal examination on books

similar to that of Paris (Rashdall, ii. 442 et seq.), disputations being

apparently the only test applied in its early history. Examinations were

definitely introduced for the B.A. and M.A. degrees by Laud in 1636-1638

(Brodrick, _History of Oxford_, p. 114), but the standard prescribed was

so much beyond the actual requirements of later times that it may be

doubted if it was enforced. The studies fell in the 18th century into an

"abject state," from which they were first raised by a statute passed in

1800 (_Report of Oxford University Commission of 1850-1852_, p. 60 et

seq.), under which distinctions were first allotted to the ablest

candidates for the bachelor's degree. Further changes were made in 1807

and 1825; and in 1830 a distinction was made between honours

examinations of a more difficult character, at which successful

candidates were divided into four classes, and pass examinations of an

easier character. By the statutes of 1849 and 1858 an intermediate

"Moderations" examination was instituted between the preliminary

examination called "Responsions" and the final examination. Since 1850,

although fresh subjects of examination have been introduced, no

considerable change of system has been made.

The bachelor's degree at Oxford tended from an early period to be

postponed to an advanced stage of studies, while the requirements for

the master's degree diminished until, in 1807, the examination for the

M.A. was abolished. It is now awarded to bachelors of three years'

standing on payment of a fee.

Cambridge in early times followed the example of Oxford, and here also

the bachelor's degree became more and more important (Bass Mullinger,

_History of the University of Cambridge from 1535_..., p. 414), and the

M.A. has been finally reduced to a mere formality, awarded on terms

similar to those of the sister university. The standard of examinations

was raised in Cambridge at an earlier date than at Oxford, and in the

18th century the tripos "established the reputation of Cambridge as a

School of Mathematical Science." The school, however, produced few, if

any, great mathematicians between Newton and George Green. It was only

between 1830 and 1840 that the standard of the tripos became a high one.

At Cambridge there is no intermediate examination between the "Previous

Examination" (commonly called "Little-go"), which corresponds to Oxford

"Responsions" or "Smalls" and the triposes and examinations for the

"Poll" degree, which correspond to the Oxford final honours and pass

examinations respectively. But most of the triposes have been divided

into two parts, of which the second is not obligatory in order to obtain

a degree. The "senior wrangler" was the first candidate in order of

merit in the first part of the mathematical tripos. The abolition of

order of merit at this examination was decided on in 1906, and names of

candidates appeared in this order for the last time in 1909.

At the Scottish universities the B.A. degree has become extinct, and the

M.A., awarded on the results of examination, is the first degree in the

faculty of arts.

The incorporation of the university of London in 1836 marks an era in

the history of examinations; the teaching and examining functions of a

university were dissociated for the first time. Until 1858 the London

examinations were open only to students in affiliated colleges, and the

teachers had no share in the appointment of the examiners or in

determining the curricula for examinations; in 1858 the examinations

were thrown open to all comers, and no requirements were insisted on

with regard to courses of study except for degrees in the faculty of

medicine. The sole function of the university was to examine, and its

examinations for matriculation and for degrees in arts and science were

carried on by means of written papers not only in London but in many

centres in the United Kingdom and the colonies. From the first the

degrees were (unlike those of Oxford and Cambridge until 1871) open to

all male persons without religious distinctions; and in 1878 they were

opened to women. (Tripos examinations were thrown open to women at

Cambridge by the grace of 24th Feb. 1881, and at Oxford women were

admitted to examinations for honours by statute of 29th April 1884.

Proposals to admit women to university degrees were rejected by Oxford

and Cambridge in 1896 and 1897 respectively.)

The standard of difficulty set by the university of London was a high

one, very much higher for its pass degrees than the corresponding

standards at Oxford and Cambridge, while the standard for honours was

equally high. In medicine the examinations were made both wider in range

and more searching than those of any other examining body. But, for

reasons dealt with below, great discontent was roused by the new system.

In 1880 the Victoria University, Manchester, was established, in which

teaching and examining were again united; and in the universities since

established, with the exception of the Royal University of Ireland

(which was created in 1880 as an examining body on the model of London,

but which was dissolved under the Irish Universities Act 1908, and

replaced by the National University of Ireland and the Queen's

University of Belfast), the precedent of Victoria has been followed. By

an act passed in 1898, of which the provisions came into force in 1900,

the university of London was reconstituted as a teaching university,

although provision was made for the continuance of the system of

examinations by "external examiners" for "external students," together

with "internal examinations" for "internal students," in which the

teachers and the external examiners of the university are associated.

The examinations in music and the final examinations in law and medicine

are carried on [1910] both for "internal" and "external" students by

"external" examiners only, who are, however, appointed on the

recommendation of boards of studies consisting mainly of London

teachers.

At the university of Dublin, examinations have been maintained both for

the B.A. and M.A. degrees, and students may be admitted to the

examinations in subjects other than divinity, law, medicine, and

engineering without attendance at university courses.

The examinations of the newer universities, the Victoria University of

Manchester, Birmingham, Liverpool, Leeds, Sheffield and Wales, are open

only to students at these universities, and are conducted by the

teachers in association with one or more external examiners for each

subject. In some universities, e.g. Manchester, the M.A. degree is given

after examination to students who have taken a pass, and without

examination to those who have taken an honours degree.

The universities which have departed furthest from the medieval system

of examinations, at any rate in appearance, are those of Germany. The

baccalaureate has disappeared, but students cannot be matriculated

without having passed the _Abiturienten-examen_ (see below), probably

the most severe of all entrance examinations (foreign students may be

exempted under certain conditions). The student desiring to proceed to

the doctorate is free from examinations thereafter until he presents his

thesis for the doctor's degree,[2] when, if it is accepted, he is

submitted to a public oral examination not only in his principal subject

(_Hauptfach_), but also as a rule in two or more collateral subjects

(_Nebenfacher_). The doctor's degree does not give the right to teach in

a faculty (_venia legendi_). To acquire this a doctor must present a

further thesis (_Habilitationsschrift_), and must deliver two lectures,

one before the faculty, followed by a discussion (_colloquium_), the

other in public; but these lectures "seem to be merely secondary and are

tending to become so more and more"; "scientific productiveness is so

sharply emphasized among the conditions for admission that it

overshadows all the rest" (Paulsen, loc. cit. p. 165).

In France the examination for the baccalaureate, though conducted in

part by university examiners, has become a school-leaving examination

(see below). The licentiateship has been preserved in the faculties of

arts, science and laws, and is in point of difficulty about equal to the

pass degree examinations of the university of London, though differing

in the nature of the tests. In the faculty of sciences, the three

subjects of examination selected may, under a recent regulation, be

taken separately. Until a few years ago the successful candidates at the

licentiateship were arranged in order of merit. For the doctorate in the

faculty of letters two theses must be submitted, of which the subject

and plan must be approved by the faculty (until recently one of them was

required to be written in Latin). Permission to print the theses is

given by the rector or vice-rector after report from one or more

professors, and they are then discussed publicly by the faculty and the

candidate (_soutenance de these_). In this public discussion the

"disputation" of the middle ages survives in its least changed form. The

literary theses required by French universities are, as a rule, volumes

of several hundred pages, and more important in character even than the

German _Habilitationsschrift_. The possession of the doctorate is a

_sine qua non_ for eligibility to a university chair, and to a

lectureship in the university of Paris.

In the faculty of sciences a candidate for the doctorate may submit two

theses, or else submit one thesis and undergo an oral examination.

For the doctorate in law, a thesis and two oral examinations are

required.

In the faculty of medicine there is no licentiateship, but for the

doctorate six examinations must be passed and a thesis submitted.

There is also a special doctorate, the "_doctorat d'Universite_,"

awarded on a thesis and an oral examination; and there are diplomas

(_Diplomes d'Etudes superieures_) awarded on dissertations and

examinations on subjects in philosophy, history and geography, classics

or modern languages, selected mainly by the candidate and approved by

the faculty.

2. _Professional Examinations._ (a) _Teaching._--University examinations

for degrees having ceased to be used as technical tests of teaching

capacity, new examinations have been devised for this purpose. The test

for German university teachers has been described above. For secondary

teachers, W. von Humboldt instituted a special examination in 1810

(Paulsen, _Gesch. des gelehrten Unterrichts_, ii. pp. 283 and 393), and

an examination for primary teachers was instituted in Prussia in 1794.

In France there is a competitive examination for secondary teachers, the

_agregation_, originally established in 1766. _Agreges_ have a right to

state employment and they alone can occupy the highest teaching post

(_chaire de professeur_) in a state secondary school, other posts being

open to licentiates. There are also examinations for primary teachers.

The tests for teachers are different for the two sexes.

In England there is no obligatory test for secondary teachers. The

universities and the College of Preceptors conduct examinations for

teaching diplomas. The Board of Education holds special examinations

(Preliminary Certificate examination and Certificate examination, &c.)

for primary teachers.

(b) _Medicine._--See MEDICAL EDUCATION.

(c) _Other Professions._--A system of professional examinations carried

on by professional bodies, in some cases with legal sanction, was

developed in England during the 19th century. Those in the following

subjects are the most important: Accountancy (Institute of Chartered

Accountants and Society of Accountants and Auditors), actuarial work

(Institute of Actuaries), music (Royal Academy of Music, Royal College

of Music, Trinity College of Music, Royal College of Organists, and the

Incorporated Society of Musicians), pharmacy (Pharmaceutical Society),

plumbing (the Plumbers' Company), surveying (Surveyors' Institution),

veterinary medicine (Royal College of Veterinary Surgeons), technical

subjects, e.g. cotton-spinning, dyeing, motor-manufacture (City & Guilds

of London Institute), architecture (Royal Institute of British

Architects), commercial subjects, shorthand (the Society of Arts and

London Chamber of Commerce), engineering (Institutions of Civil

Engineers, of Mechanical Engineers, and of Electrical Engineers).

3. _School-leaving Examinations._--The faculty of arts in medieval

universities covered secondary as well as higher education in the

subjects concerned. The division in arts subjects between secondary and

university education has been drawn at different levels in different

countries. Thus the first two years of the arts curriculum in English

and American universities correspond, roughly speaking, to the last two

years spent in a secondary school of Germany or France, and the

continental "school-leaving examinations" correspond to the intermediate

examinations of the newer English universities and to the pass

examinations for the degree at Oxford and Cambridge (Mark Pattison,

_Suggestions on Academical Organization_, 1868, p. 238, and Matthew

Arnold, _Higher Schools and Universities in Germany_, 1892, p. 209).

A tabular summary is given (see Tables I., II., III., IV.) of the

requirements of the secondary school-leaving examinations of France,

Prussia (for the nine-year secondary schools) and Scotland, and of the

university of London.

There are in England a number of school examinations which, under

prescribed conditions, also serve as school-leaving examinations, and

give entrance to certain universities, especially the Oxford and

Cambridge local examinations (both established in 1858), and the

examinations of the Oxford and Cambridge "Joint Board." A movement to

reduce the number of entrance examinations and to secure uniformity in

their standard was set on foot in 1901. In that year the General Medical

Council communicated to the Board of Education a memorial on the subject

from the Headmasters' Conference. The memorial was further communicated

to various professional bodies concerned. Conferences were held by the

consultative committee of the Board of Education in 1903, with

representatives of the universities, the Headmasters' Conference, the

Association of Head-Masters, the Association of Head-Mistresses, the

College of Preceptors, the Private Schools' Association, and with

representatives of professional bodies. The committee were of opinion

that a central board, consisting of representatives of the Board of

Education and the different examining bodies, should be established, to

co-ordinate and control the standards of the examinations, and to secure

interchangeability of certificates, &c., as soon as a sufficient number

of such bodies signified their willingness to be represented on the

board. They recommended that the examination should be conducted by

external and internal examiners, representing in each case the examining

body and the school staff respectively, and that reports on the school

work of candidates should be available for reference by the examiners

(circular of the Board of Education of 12th of July 1904).

The "accrediting" system in the United States was started by the

university of Michigan in 1871. A school desiring to be accredited is

submitted to inspection without previous notice. If the inspection is

satisfactory, the school is accredited by a university for from one to

three years, and upon the favourable report of its principal any of its

students are admitted to the university by which it has been accredited

without any entrance examination. In practice it is found that many

students whom their teachers refuse to certify are able to pass the

university entrance examination. The statistics of nine years show that

the standard of the certified students is higher than that of

non-certified students. Two hundred and fifty schools are accredited by

the university of Michigan. In 1904 it was stated that the system was

gaining favour in the east,[3] and that it had been adopted more or less

by all the eastern colleges and universities with the exception of

Harvard, Yale, Princeton and Columbia.

4. _Methods of Examination._--Examinations may test (i.) knowledge, or,

more exactly, the power of restating facts and arguments of a kind that

may be learnt by rote; (ii.) the power of doing something, e.g. of

making a _precis_ of a written document, of writing a letter or a report

on a particular subject with a particular object in view, of translating

from or into a foreign language, of solving a mathematical problem, of

criticizing a passage from a literary work, of writing an essay on an

historical or literary subject with the aid of books in a library, of

diagnosing the malady of a patient, of analysing a chemical mixture or

compound; and (the highest form under the rubric) of making an original

contribution to learning or science as the result of personal

investigation or experiment. Examinations are carried out at present by

means of (1) written papers; (2) oral examinations; (3) practical,

including in medicine clinical, tests; (4) theses; or a combination of

these.

Written.

In written examinations the candidates are, as a rule, supplied with a

number of printed questions, of which they must answer all, or a certain

proportion, within a given time, varying, as a rule, from 1-1/2 to 3

hours, the latter being the duration most generally adopted for higher

examinations in England. Whereas in France and Germany the questions are

generally few in number and require long answers, showing constructive

skill and mastery of the mother-tongue on the part of the candidates,

such "essay-papers" are comparatively rare in England. In many subjects,

the written examinations test memory rather than capacity. It has been

suggested that sets of questions to be answered in writing should as a

rule be divided into two parts: (i.) a number of questions requiring

short answers and intended to test the range of the candidate's

knowledge; (ii.) questions requiring long answers, intended to test its

depth, and the candidate's powers of co-ordination and reflection. A

necessary condition for the application of the second kind of test is

that time should be given for reflection and for rewriting, say

one-third or one-quarter of the whole time allowed. A further

distinction is important, especially in such subjects as mathematics or

foreign languages, in which it is legitimate to ask what precise power

on the part of a candidate the passing of an examination shall signify.

Owing to a prevailing confusion between tests of memory and tests of

capacity, the allowance for chance fairly applied to the former is apt

to be unduly extended to the latter. In applying tests of memory, it may

be legitimate to allow a candidate to pass who answers correctly from 30

to 50% of the questions; such an allowance if applied to a test of

capacity, such as the performance of a sum in addition, the solution of

triangles by means of trigonometrical tables, or the translation of an

easy passage from a foreign language, appears to be irrational. A

candidate who obtains only 50% of the marks in performing such

operations cannot be regarded as being able to perform them; and, if the

examination is to be treated as a test of his capacity to perform them,

he should be rejected unless he obtains full marks, less a certain

allowance (say 10, or at most 20%) in view of the more or less

artificial conditions inherent in all examinations.

Oral.

The oral examination is better suited than the written to discover the

range of a candidate's knowledge; it also serves as a test of his powers

of expression in his mother-tongue, or in a foreign language, and may be

used (as in the examination for entrance to the Osborne Naval College)

to test the important qualities (hardly tested in any other examinations

at present), readiness of wit, common-sense and nerve. It may be

objected that candidates are heavily handicapped by nervousness in oral

examinations, but this objection does not afford sufficient ground for

rejecting the test, provided that it is supplemented by others. Oral

tests are used almost invariably in medical examinations; and there is a

growing tendency to make them compulsory in dealing with modern

languages. Oral examinations are much more used abroad than in England,

where the pupils during their school years receive but little exercise

in the art of consecutive speaking.

TABLE I.--PRUSSIA: ABITURIENTEN EXAMEN

I. Name of Examination.

_Abiturienten Examen_ (established in 1788).

II. Minimum Age for Entry.

Age only limited by condition of length of school course. The usual

age is 17-18.

III. Length of Course of Study.

9 years.

Candidates who have not attended the 9 years' school course may be

admitted to the examination on special application.

IV. Subjects.

In _Gymnasium_.

Written. Oral.

German essay. Latin.

Mathematics. Greek.

Translation into Latin. English or French.

Translation from Greek into Religion.

German. History.

Mathematics.

In _Real-Gymnasium_.

Written. Oral.

German essay. Latin.

Mathematics. English.

Translation from Latin. French.

Translation from German into Physics or Chemistry.

or essay in English or Religion.

French. History.

Physics. Mathematics.

In _Ober-Realschule_.

Written. Oral.

German essay. English.

Mathematics. French.

An exercise in French and in Physics.

English (an essay in one Chemistry.

language and a translation Religion.

from the other into German). History.

Physics or Chemistry. Mathematics.

V. Co-ordination with Teaching.

The object of the examination is defined as being a test of whether

the candidate has fulfilled the aims laid down in the curricula,

&c., prescribed for a _Gymnasium_, _Real-gymnasium_, or

_Ober-realschule_, as the case may be, and the subjects of

examination are those prescribed in the curricula for the kind of

school concerned.

The report on the school work of each candidate in his various

subjects is laid before the Examining Board before the beginning of

the examination.

VI. Examiners.

The Examining Board consists of a government inspector (_der

Konigliche Kommissar_) acting as chairman, the headmaster of the

school, and the teachers of the highest classes in the school. The

inspector may nominate a deputy, who is as a rule, the headmaster of

the school.

Each teacher concerned selects for the written examination three

alternative subjects in his branch, from which, after receiving a

report thereon from the headmaster, the inspector makes a final

choice.

The papers are marked by the teachers concerned and circulated the

the whole Board of Examiners, who then decide whether individual

candidates shall be (i.) rejected, (ii.) admitted with (ii.)

admitted with oral examination, or (iii.) submitted to the oral

examination.

VII. Nature of Examination and General Remarks.

The written examination extends over four or five days. Only one

paper is given each day, for which 3 to 5-1/2 hours are allowed

(5-1/2 hours for the German essay). For essays in foreign languages

dictionaries may be used.

TABLE II.--FRANCE: BACCALAUREAT

I. Name of Examination.

_Baccalaureat de l'enseignement secondaire._

This examination has been carried on under different forms since

1808. The regulations summarized here date from 1902, when the

_baccalaureat_ described replaced the _baccalaureat-es-lettres,

baccalaureat-es-sciences_, and _baccalaureat de l'enseignement

moderne._

II. Minimum Age for Entry.

Part I., 16, or, with special permission, 15.

Part II. may not be taken within an academic year after passing Part

I.

III. Length of Course of Study.

There is no requirement of attendance. Part I. of the examination

corresponds exactly to the subjects taken in the "second cycle" of

secondary education, and Part II. to the _classe de philosophie_ and

_classe de mathematiques._

See also under V.

IV. Subjects.

Part I. is divided into four Branches, viz.:--

(1) Latin-Greek.

(2) Latin-modern languages.

(3) Latin-science.

(4) Science-modern languages.

In each Branch the examination is divided into two parts, viz.,

written and oral. The nature of the examination may be indicated by

the following requirements in Branch (1):--

Written

(i.) French composition.

(ii.) Translation from Latin.

(iii.) Translation from Greek.

Oral

(i.) Explanation of a Greek text.

(ii.) Explanation of a Latin text.

(iii.) Explanation of a French text.

(iv.) Text in a modern foreign language.

(v.) Interrogation on ancient history.

(vi.) Interrogation on modern history.

(vii.) Interrogation on geography.

(viii.) Interrogation on mathematics.

(ix.) Interrogation on physics.

Encyclopaedia Britannica, 11th Edition, "Evangelical Church Conference" to "Fairbairn, Sir William" Volume 10, Slice 1 · 第 1 / 10 章